\ j 4 eae os ‘ 4 to an ase ‘ “AOA tare ase Koy Raat EAA. a Y ara 7 CO Rete Ace ney hed a eh Leelee Y ” oa f ¥ i ” heart 2 aan { nities fy) hey ve i caren oti te ay in y: tat! yO tu 4 Ph eee Bis ARR HALO M4 wake as AW , + ky 8 Lin aes rey ee ot) “41 ie. ) me ‘ * ea it ee | uae oni ph AM Mt ah 4 t “ i at) ens 1d an en) Waa gaye Ot vee Ae “9 Auras toe eae were sy diab: Pieway aN ” AN! ae y ) aca CNC CEE) v a NO ou) - , Lj Mi aw = =. = henie - ‘atyty 8 Nera Etta 4 OUT 5. AA alee Wy : sis J Cais J nt ayy ee Vo My, a i; i ‘ 0.9) NE 4 soe he Wetter at ae ) Nt x ¢ * XG wy eR Wee vEN metus Ans Ate ny } . PL ae nie he Rio he rr av aneb ik Pat ies « { : gh AR AA) Uy ay iis AOR 4 nina + it) He Ht : TAY ; renee BN ata hy * HAR OR AhR Sea MENACE NK any ‘ih i a ae ie 4 a Wa te oe ORAL it "% ’ yee " ea i 2 Ls cestee vay Ri} “A i Mi Witla REE NARA ” aes Weuh et oe cy et x sais a. eh a> Bt ar * \y AY Meee URN RUAN ‘\ ao ke ue 7 i A ex) ROPER CEOS Renan Gs : he bth ee De oat r ey fa e4) ] ney ut AN ie i Sy an a diek ae ay ‘y ne aay in yi ay Raa aie yyy %) phat Pet NORCO Ge Dene De 0, i » a oe toh AN hy, OG > y ty hy 4 aye past yy Poe a sisi 1 ay ah eet ae Neal celia yretany Sty A! ssa ; "y Rahs An Suu eit ee as PTV aye ete tay AOR ane Y f ERAN GLO N: Sait one ae a Seating We (5 ytd hy 4 iD 3 ty itt NARS be Laie bx , Pere 9 Ay If Sky ra nt oh Sere pen aaa ty ie oF a viva i ua py vy a een ahi ae ti $4 POH iE ; att h wt Pi pain Ley MIN REC H wes ey “aN {atin ake Eh [is te hate aah i 4 4 eh Ma u Kis Vay M) Vig i at y Y td th ta, 2 NSE e RY, De ds 3 | he age Bette He Es Ct ay A ; ESA F SONU Rarhek a PAG Ne AAS Tes Vy aon mt , rata wheiay Ay DOERR Res eet i i ee ea is tas RRS CHY A Pte aly wives ui sett aa et ie y's" Sve 490) & Dhaee LAMM do dete ne ng v Pees % os te ek ees Sah nay ie es ant Suet) Hy ; se DUA tania drier te ty Rae Nee * ice ON nih RK hat eho Doe AEA re pales . As Meee Vad Rory! a oe at, CAN eee MN ig) +. sia ye) aie FA Vave 4 ey Ny ale ? ey ae aU of ayy Pash hana “ a i ae: a } ; BANS } : Ped Rt ned ewe RYO O nn ee AEA tae hea i een mete Pry ty ean aS ee De eee es au Ais diaicr _ = + ‘ vad weer wee 1 wet ey an TIN cee asia rie Ween’ « ae) bas * “4 4 # a ita: ‘ Wie ae 4) A St, Ces Ty Ba Mi ‘ “ iste eh ~ \ Heine i a y ih t Wn ta, ‘ le) THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ) CONDUCTED BY PRIDEAUX JOHN SELBY, Esq., F.LS., CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S. &e., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. eee VOL. XVIII.—THIRD SER Msonian Insti, a atisonian Institgy SN “Oy \ 24L\05 | elon Muses LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.j; KENT AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1866. S ‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”’— LINNZUS. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et:le but auquel se rapportent toutes ses opérations.”—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767. pcr Mi-tb sitet hte momicren (he lsylvanmpowers Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII. [THIRD SERIES. ] NUMBER CIII. I. Description of a new Species of Marine Worm (Phenacia pul- Ghela)- by LDWARD)/PARFITT: (Plate. L,)°-..ccccssers sescscdercesaas II. On the Affinities of Peridinium Cypripedium, Jas.-Clk., and Urocentrum Turbo, Ebr. By Prof. H. JAMes-Cuiark, A.B., B.S., OG eae NEM ter cren nc natennsepaicade satis onsale ‘ase c¥seaes roca sanonaccen sees sce III. On the Vascular and Nervous Apparatus of the Larve of the Moarme @rusticen. + by Mi 7) Girne cwivs cae aesccest'ccdaartcsnaced ha ometoo TV. On the Menispermacee. By Joun Migrs, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c. V. Notule Lichenologice. No. VII. By the Rev. W. A. Leicuton, B.A., F.L.S.—Dr. Wm. Nylander on three European SPE CICSIO LAO LALO GUN MOI a'lne cacti on Waaaewadtatladuensinetesseetdnathedsoucead VI. Fifth Account of new Species of Suakes in the Collection of the British Museum. By ALBert Gtnruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D. PIMC GMI A Coy WEL.) neeiet sccteten deta sel acssaccneasercoctkbcortoaretanscsseres VII. Remarks on some Fishes from the River Amazons in the British Museum. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER ........... LvasBebeane eat VIII. On the Fossils contained in a Lower Greensand Deposit of Phosphatic Nodules m Bedfordshire. By J. F. Watkemr, F.C.S., Sa eoss moliere, Cambridve ii. acs deckcsndwsetaaedesnsecncacnarecedesarrss ws IX. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. VII. Some Carboniferous Species. By T. Rupert Jonss, F.G.S., and EUS ESTER NCH V5 MUSGA | Vo ctga apiaciabSaslene -atgannleieieddainsiesteaamor'sioons sia X. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berke ry, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq., F.L.S. (Plate IL.) ......... XI. On the Rhabdocela. By E. Mecznixow. (Plate VIII)... XII. On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. By IIE ASEAN cn coca va occa tae etnies CMe e teedaceses concen ae cnccensbetesctsGeaseeesesscsecsieics 82 XVI. On some Cetaceans. By HERMANN BurmeEtsTeER. (PI.IX.) 99 XVII. Notule Lichenologice. No. VIII. By the Rev. W. A. LeicutTon, B.A., F.L.S.—Dr. W. Nylander on new British Lichens 103 XVIII. On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. (Third Note.) By M. BALBIANI .......scccocscecscecececscoes osent- eaten ele XIX. Note on some new Genera of Fossil Birds in the Woodwardian Museum. By H. SEELEY, Esq. oocscscccsssccecsrececcccsesscececcserecseecs 109 XX. On the Fossils of the Carstone Formation. By H. SEELry, ii ISG ese cnsein cn sclew eeinconacsecneraaeamsacidksnis=emntaclsseivaeis=idsesms's sis Sineeel roceceene XXI. Description of Calamoichthys, a new Genus of Ganoid Fish from Old Calabar, Western Africa. By JoHN ALEXANDER SMITH, M.D., F.R.C.P.E.; with Observations on the Internal Structure, by R. H. Traavuatr, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy m the Uni- versity of Edinburgh «i :6) jocstiexesct seasceece sche dvueresatheo ce eco eaee 112 XXII. On the Amylaceous Globules of the Floridee and Corallinee. By Ma Wat) DRG cen, .ac.ccsencssersrepeseaimeaehnene sons ese see ceeds Ee XXIIL. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BerKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq., F.L.S. (Plates II1., [V., V.) 121 New Book :—Geological Map of England and Wales, by Professor Ramsay, F.R.S., F.G.S......c0e-secesccsvenscsccesenscasenasseccescssscoes 129 Proceedings of the Royal Society .-2. 0c... ooecccsscaccosecocersecseccucsaseee 131 On the Morphology and Affinities of the Brachiopoda, by H. Lacaze- Duthiers ; On the finding of a second Ribbonfish, by John Hogg, F.L.S. ; A few words on the Mammoth, in connexion with the Engravings recently found in Périgord and supposed to represent this Animal, by H. Brandt; Note on the Discovery of the Dermal Shield in Megatheroid Animals, by Prof. Reimhardt; On the Structure of the Anthers in the Aroidee, by M. van Tieghem ; Habits of Zosterops dorsalis, by the Rev. R. Taylor; On the Organic Bodies contained in Ancient Egyptian Bricks, by Prof. Unger; Interchange of Birds between America and Europe, by Mr. 8. F. Baird ; Observations on the Microscopic Shell-Structure of Spirifer cuspidatus, by F. B. Meek .......,,.0ss0.00 eo. L33—144 NUMBER CV. XXIV. Notes on some Species of the Orthopterous Genus Cloéon, Leach (as limited by M. Pictet). By A. E. Ea ron, of Trin. Coll. Camb. 145 XXV. On the Dentition of Thylacoleo carniferz,Ow. By Gerard Krerrr. (Plate XI.) ....... Spriedopococu netnrenacmnasdsacrsbarcersa.daceadone 148 CONTENTS. i Page XXVI. On two European Argulide, with Remarks on the Morpho- FE logy of the Argulide and their Systematic Position, together with a Review of the Species of the Family at present known. By" T.THORELL 149 - XXVII. Notule Lichenologice. No. IX. By the Rev. W. A. LeicuTon, B.A., F.L.S.—Dr. W. Nylander on two new Chemical MEST Sag eMINIERETIS fear tdage stccuicacsaceassteeseesoutecepdodghsonsmastcs ceay geek 169 XXVIII. On two new Species of Freshwater Polyzoa. By Mr. PmwawereARPITT: (Plate! AIL.) cossscececstsestscnceuns cents ssntpessanaap 171 XXIX. On the Classification of Buprestide and Elateride. By rote ee SCHILOD DE yacestinensl(cosesassicae a lerigs some es acccigatioseeis salads soreneae 173 XXX. On the Homologies of the Male and Female Flowers of Conifers. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S. (Plate X.) ......-.-.--seeeee 212 XXXI. On Green Oysters. By ArTHUR W. E. O’SHAUGHNESSY, OF The BUtish WSU, vc. sescccrepeossayteacesncans ede Subicalctbes a tadsice cose pd XXXII. Notes on the Skulls of Sea-Bears and Sea-Lions Sdalaudae’ in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. «1.0.0... XXXIIT. Recent Researches onthe Fossil Fishes of Mount Lebanon. By MM. F. J. Prcrer and A. HUMBERT .........scceeseeeseeeeeveeeceees 237 New Books:—A History of British Sessile-eyed Crustacea, by C. Spence Bate and J. O. Westwood. Part XIII—A Catalogue of Phytophaga (Coleoptera, Pseudotetramera), by the Rev. Hamlet Clark. Part I. With an Appendix, containing Descrip- tions of new Species, by H. W. Bates and the Rev. Hamlet ee 247—248 Proceedings of the Royal Society ...+00...sssserssseesesesessceeeeee 249—255 On a Cranium of Ziphius found at Arcachon (Gironde), by P. Fischer ; Notes on the Domestic Animals and Plants of the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries, by James E. Thorold Rogers, M.A., &c. ; On Posttloration, by D. Clos; Observations on the part played by the Nucleus in Animal Cells, by M. Balbiani; On the Lateral Canal of Lota. by Prof, Hiyrtl (3. .ccpecceacsaviecaussvseccseseses 255—264 NUMBER CVI. XXXIV. On the Habits of the Pri OPE: By ANDREW Murray, LIS Re ee ae ABW tanoaine elit ace deta saanaeg cddaccmansanewiedacs sep asldehinetess 265 XXXV. On two European Argulide, with Remarks on the Morpho- logy of the Argulide and their Systematic Position, together with a Review of the Species of the Family at present known. By T. THo- | 13 hee Sogtoncenonanenc Selecta echt SeeeeMetaa st take tnaier sins unica dows tevasie=es 268 - XXXVI. On a new Species of Beech-Marten from Formosa. By ROBERT SwInHoEk, H.B.M. Consul at Taiwan.............ssscsesceeeees 286 XXXVII. Note on the “ Glass-Rope” Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gretel Mass, WAP Po Soon LS Soe. (is. iasateds batveccassccsersaracsss-ces 287 XXXVIITI. On new British Hydroida. By the Rev. THomMas UT NCS whe oA castronnesesaetoet akan earcocan daacassianseoeeent ta ideal habeets 296 vi CONTENTS. Page XXXIX. On Glyptodon and its Allies. By Dr. HERMANN Bur- UNG NS EERE iion/s iio conten REtEM a en iemeatnn eeeuetnaer canst al pease Sedeeacete os aaierciente 299 XL. Additional Remarks on the Homologies of the Flowers of Conifers. By ANDREW MURRAY, F.LAS........ccccccccessscnsercnsseesses 304 XLI. Notule Lichenologice. No. X. By the Rev. W. A. Lergu- Ton, B.A., F.L.S.—L’ Abbé E. Coémans on the Cladonie of the Herba- rium of Acharius......... gestae aceusece eres revehtbaceaeecceow esate vee tentewtens 306 XLIT. On a new Species of Halmaturus from East Australia. By FREDERICK M‘Coy, Professor of Natural Science in the Melbourne University and irceton of the National Museum of Victoria ......... 322 XLIII. Notes on the Pronghorn Buck (Antilocapra), and its Posi- tion in the System. By Dr. Joun Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. REC RM tans elatam nak oe sich wala sini, ohio Sadelniap simian eees eat eaeue sway heaeRR Meee 323 XLIV. On the Classification of Buprestide and Elateride. By Er Oka diet Oats CERO DRG romeo Palsiee cncicciaeamenenan eslaslsAnoreWadusscaaceiee nals 327 On Scheuchzeria palustris, Linn., by the Rev.W.A. Leighton; On the Long-eared or Mule Deer of North America (Eucervus), by Dr. John Edward Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On the Development of the Myzostoma, by E. Mecznikoff; On the Synonymy and Geogra- phical Distribution of Jussiea repens (Liun.), by C. Martins ; Note on a Regular Dimerous Flower of Cypripedium candidum, by Asa Gray ; Boussingault’s Researches on the Action of Foliage ; Observations on a Malady of the Cotton-plant called “ Pelagra,” and on some Fungi which accompany it, by G. Gasparrini; On Fossil Meduse from the Lithographic Slates of Eichstadt, by Brute Prac ckelnine.s5-2 hoatsoseauas cats c-eataen ic caeecemmeasrenaest 338—344 NUMBER CVI. XLV. Outline of a Theory of the Skull and the Skeleton. By Harry G. SEELEY, F.G.S., of the Woodwardian Museum in the University of Cambridge g, 22.1 -c0s «ie cuse ssengsttocettoeecatcane me aeee ne 345 XLVI. Notes on the Genus Menobranchus and its Natural Affini- MER Na VAN DIR POM VIGIN swseancnk lcecosssearasessaed teens aateenee 363 XLVII. On some new Species of Fossil Volutes from the Tertiary Beds near Melbourne. By Frepertck M‘Coy, Professor of Natural Science in the Melbourne Univ ersity, Goverment Palzontologist to theMGeolopical ‘Survey, SEC.» Sisesnsmnrvenunn gccanawtorecraaccwtbe arden: Mesa oD XLVIII. On a Phosphatic Deposit in the Lower Greensand of Bedfordshire. By J. F. WaAuKeEr, F.C.S., Sid. Suss. College, Cam- Bede ur (Plape, MOVULS)) sosses «casa caieceen trees <: ance etre ee eg ee 381 XLIX. Report on Dredging among the Hebrides. By J. Gwyn DIEAGEIUMIS EE SIR Sich cas isk Uicaid sam be ak acai ks pA komme CaN emROT eee 387 L. On Hyalonema mirabilis, in reply to Dr. Gray. By Dr. BOWER RUNGE i aesacs ai oN ovsiaas mains saiealga de dapie satecaaine Sadak EERE ee eee By LI. On the Systematic Position of the Pronghorn (Anéilocapra CONTENTS. Vii Page americana). By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Zoological Society of London..........-2...sscsssccescscseceeescaereeeses 401 LIT. On the Existence of Hyalonema in a Fossil State. By Prof. RS MIRO EOE VICHTIAY oo. c ss, cote sees stat ccah soustonddeens idee shandangedet eames 404 LIII. Notule Lichenologice. No. XI. By the Rev. W. A. LerenTon, B.A., F.L.S.—On the Examination and Rearrangement of the Cladoniei, as tested by Hydrate of Potash ...............eeeseeee 405 LIV. On Ophiodes, a new Genus of Hydroida. By the Rev. THOMAS HONGKS; B.A. (Plate kul Vis) cis cspiciccescicides-accnedsSaeraleinctenct 421 New Book:—Annuario della Societa dei Naturalisti in Modena. Aono lee Modena Marcio LS6672. 55: -sscvsacs.-ccssscrecseccnareress=s 423 Notes on the Capture of a Rare Fish (Ausonia Cuvieri) at Falmouth, by Dr. W. K. Bullmore and Jonathan Couch; Additions to the Zoophytes of Devonshire, by Edward Parfitt; Onthe Use of the Genus Potamogale, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; Note on West-African Species of Hemirhamphus, by Dr. A. Gunther ; On the Organs of Secretion in the Hemiptera, by J. Kiinckel; Fos- sil Spider from the Coal-Formation, by Dr. F. Roemer; On the Course followed by a Fungous Mycelium in the living Trunk of Menem acnlogin, Dy G. GAaSparrini... 5-2. , Mangalore (Ward) ; 2, Ind. or. (Walker). A., | Burmanni, Hook. & Th. 7. c. 201 ;—Rhaptomeris Bur- manni, nob. olim;—Clypea Burmanni, W. & A. Prodr. 1. 14 (in parte) ;—Cocculus Burmanni, DC. Syst. 1. 517 ;— v.s. in hb. Mus. Brit., Ceylon (Hermann) ; in hb. Hook. 3, Ceylon (Walker, 194); 9, Ceylon (Gardner, 33), Ceylon (Thwaites, 1049); g, Kandy (Champion); Ind. Penins. (Wight, 40); ¢, Concan (Stocks, Gibson, Law). versicolor, nob.;—Cyclea peltata, Hook. & Th. (in parte) Ll. ce. 201 ;—Cissampelos discolor, Wall. (in parte) ;—v. s. in hb. Soc. Linn. g, Nielgherries (Wall. Cat. 4982 8) ; ?, Trevandrum (Wall. Cat. 4982 a, b, non A, a). ok 5. 20 Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermaceee. 6. Cyclea laxiflora, nob. ;—v. s. in hb. Hook. ¢ & 2, Malacca (Griffiths). he peregrina, nob.;—v.s. in hb. Hook. ¢& 9, Borneo (Mottley, 673 & 684). 8. debilifiora, nob. ;—v. s. in hb. Hook. ¢, Khasya (Hook. & Th.). 9. pendulina, nob. ;—v. s. in hb. Mus. Brit. ¢ & 3, Ni- cobar Isl. (Soc. Fratr.). 10. deltoidea, nob. ;—v. s. in hb. Hook., Hong-Kong (Champion). 32. PERAPHORA. This genus was first proposed by me for a plant originally col- lected in Bhootan by Griffiths, which had female flowers and fruit only. Since then I found that the Cyclea populifolia described by Messrs. Hooker and Thomson is the male plant of the same species. It differs from Cyclea in its habit, its large, coriaceous, cordate leaves on a rigid petiole almost palately inserted, its different mode of inflorescence, in its floral structure, and in its putamen. Although the male flower has a campanular calyx, it has no petal; the female flower has two comparatively large, opposite, sacciform, fleshy sepals, and no petal, and its putamen bears no resemblance to that of Cyclea. It is thus certain that, with the exception of a campanular calyx in the ¢ flower, the floral structure in both sexes is totally at variance with the characters of the genus to which it has been referred by the authors of the ‘Flora Indica.’ In the number of calycine parts it accords with Antizoma; but it differs in having no petals, and in the gamo- sepalous calyx of its ¢ flower: these differences, together with the very dissimilar habits of the plants, will maintain the validity of both these genera. The putamen, in its shape and its curved spines, resembles that of some species of Stephania, but it differs in having an imperforated condyle. The generic name was suggested by the singularly bursiform sepals of the female flower. Prerarnora, nob. ;—Cyclea (in parte), Hook. & Th.;—Flores dioici. Mase. Calyx globoso-campanulatus, ore parvo, 4—5- dentato, glaber, carnosulus. Petalum nullum. Stamen uni- cum, centrale, subinclusum; jilamentum breviter filiforme ; anthera subglobosa, 4—5-locularis, loculis cirea connectivum peltatum in annulum connatis, margine rima externa horizon- taliter dehiscentibus.—Fwm. Sepala 2, opposita, pro mole majuscula, suborbiculata, valde concava, imo gibboso-saccata, ungue brevi affixa, carnosa, lateribus tenuioribus et expansis, apice truncato et subreflexo. Petala nulla. Stamina nulla. Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacce. 21 Ovarium solitarium, gibboso-orbiculare, 1-loculare, loculo lu- nato ; ovulum unicum, loculo conforme, funiculo brevi e medio faciei ventralis appensum. Stylus brevis. Stigma breviter 8- fidum, laciniis linearibus, suleatis, reflexis. Drupa subglobosa, stigmate persistente ad hilum proximo notata, carnosa; putamen tenuiter osseum, late subovatum, compressum, peripheriam versus utrinque spinis obtusis recurvo-hamatis in seriebus 3 circa condylum hippocrepicis concentrice dispositis echinatum, l-loculare, loculo lunato; condylus disciformis, excentralis, utrinque concavus, imperforatus, medio stria longitudinali sulcatus ; semen loculo conforme; embryo ignotus. Frutex in regionibus Himalaye scandens ; folia majuscula, vix peltata, oblonga, imo cordata, a medio sensim angustiora, apice acuta, e bast 7-nervia, coriacea, subtus pubescentia, petiolo tereti, limbo breviore: inflorescentia ¢ et 2? racemi- formi, paniculata, pubescens, ramis alternis, divaricatis, iterum divisis, bracteolatis ; flores minimi, pedicellati, glabri. The single species will be described in the third yolume of my ‘Contributions to Botany’ :— 1. Peraphora robusta, nob. ;—Cyclea populifolia, H. & Th. Fl. Ind. i. 202 ;—Menispermea, Griffiths in Itin. Bootan, i. 114 & 165; Icon. Boot. tab. 22 & 23 ;—-v. s. in hb. Mus. Brit. et Lemann, ?, Bhootan (Griffiths, 1732); im hb. Hook. g & 2, Sikhim (Hook. & Th.), Bhootan (Griffiths, 1782). 30. PERICHASMA. I propose this genus for a plant, belonging to the tropical African Flora, which offers many peculiar characters. Although the number of its floral parts corresponds with that of Stephania, the entire aspect of the plant proclaims that it cannot belong to that genus, as does that of Clambus for a similar reason. Its slender branches, with very distant axils, are furnished with long, patent, simple hairs, which I have never seen in any species of Stephania ; its leaves are larger, and, though peltate, are pilose on both sides, and their margins are furnished with a strong marginal nerve, which is indented into several rounded lobes or large crenatures, and they are supported upon unusually long and slender petioles. The inflorescence, instead of being, as in Stephania, a compound umbel rarely exceeding an inch or two in length, is here a very slender pendent raceme a foot and a half long, with numerous distant, short, alternate branches, which are again and again alternately divided: in all these respects the general habit of the plant is more in harmony with some species of Cyclea. The flowers are very minute, pedicellated, with six oblong, subacute 22 ’ Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacee. sepals in two series, imbricated in estivation, three small, ovate, erect petals, and a central stamen almost concealed by the pe- tals. It is, however, in the structure of the stamen that this genus differs essentially from Stephania: in the latter genus the anther has three or six cells, connate in an annular ring, affixed on the margin of a peltate disciform connective, which is sup- ported on the central filament; these cells always burst bival- vately by a crenated horizontal line of sutures. In Perichasma the anther has no connective, is comparatively large, completely globular, simply 1-celled, and dehisces- by a somewhat small apical opercular valve, which is supported by a columella-like extension of the filament (or placentoid of M. Chatin), round which the grains of pollen are secreted ; the wall of the globular cell consists of a finely reticulated membrane (apparently defi- cient of the usual inner lining or endothecium), is very delicate in texture, without the slightest vestige of any dissepiment or nervure, its three indented furrows being due to the external pressure of the petals which embrace it in the bud. This organization of the anther is without any parallel in the Meni- spermacee, and reminds us of the opercular theca of some of the mosses. . The generic name is derived from rept, circum, circa, yaopa, hiatus, in allusion to the feature just mentioned. I have placed it among the Cissampelidee, but I am not certain that this is its proper place. Pericuasma, nob.—Flores dioici. Masc. Sepala 6, biserialia, quorum 3 interiora paululo longiora, oblonga, submembranacea, demum expansa. Petala 3, dimidio breviora, orbicularia, carnosula, margine membranacea, erecta, sepalis exterioribus opposita. Stamen unicum, centrale ; filamentum tenue, petalis brevius ; anthera majuscula, globosa, leviter 3-sulcata, apici- fixa, septorum nullo vestigio omnino 1-locularis, theca tenuiter membranacea et minutissime reticulata, supra medium rima horizontali operculatim dehiscente, operculo parvo, apicali, co- lumella centrali suffulto ; pollen simplex.— Fem. ignoti. Frutex scandens Africe tropice ; rami longe pilosi ; folia alterna, peltata, oblonga, imo truncata, palmati-nervia, margine grosse crenata, sparse pilosa, longe et tenuiter petiolata: intlorescentia 3 supra-axillaris, longissime racemiformis, pendula, pedunculo tenuissimo, puberulo, alternatim ramoso, ramis iterumque ra- mosis, ramulis plurifloris ; floribus minutis, alternis, pedicellatis, glabris. The single species, Perichasma letificata, will be described in the third volume of the ‘ Contributions to Botany.’ [To be continued. ] Dr. W. Nylander on European Lichens. 23 V.—Notule Lichenologice. No. VII. By the Rev. W. A. Letcuton, B.A., F.L.S. In the ‘ Flora’ (1865, p. 260) Dr. Wm. Nylander describes three European species of Thelocarpon. 1. Thelocarpon Laureri (Flot.). Apothecia globulos formantia (diam. 0°12-0°15 muillim.) citrino suffusos. Thecse myriospore fusiformes; spore incolores, oblong, simplices (longit. 0°0025-0:0040 millim., crassit. 0:0015-0:002 millim.); paraphyses graciles sat parce et non- nihil irregulares. Gelatina hymenea iodo vix tincta, sed thecz dilutissime czrulescentes. Vidi specimen in Anglia lectum a Rev. Leighton (1864). Spore utroque apice obtusiores quam in figuris a Rev. Leigh- ton datis. Paraphyses (crass. 0:0015 millim.) intus guttulas oleosas efferentes, saepe ramoso-divise. 2. Thelocarpon intermediellum, Ny]. Extus simile precedenti, sed globuli paullo majores (diam. 0:2 millim.). Thecz myriospore; spore oblongz (longit. 0:0035-0:0050 millim., crass. 00020 millim.), vulgo medio obsolete tenuiores et utroque apice obtuse incrassatule ; para- physes null. Gelatind hymenea iodo vinose fulvescens ; thecze dilute ceerulescentes. Ad lignum alni putrescens in Finlandia media (Norrlin) [1863]. A precedente differt magnitudine paullo majore, sporis aliis et defectu paraphysium. Adsunt filamenta ostiolaria brevia, gracilia, fasciculata in supera parte cavitatis perithecil (omnino sterigmata simulantia spermogonii). 3. Thelocarpon superellum, Nyl. Subsimile binis preecedentibus quoad faciem externam, at glo- bulis nonnihil majoribus (diam. 0°25 millim.). Thecz poly- spore; spore ellipsoidee (longit. 0-009-0-012 muillim., crassit. circiter 0°0045 millim.); paraphyses graciles, elon- gatee, rect. Gelatina hymenea iodo non tincta, sed thece tote bene cerulescentes. Kola, in Lapponia orientali, ad lignum vetustum (N. I. Fellman) [1863]. Notis allatis, sporis multo majoribus, paraphysibus &c, facil- lime dignotum. Dr. Nylander inclines to think that our English Thelocarpon Laureri, described and figured by me in ‘ Annals and Mag. Nat. 24 Dy. A. Giinther on new Species of Snakes Hist.’ Dec. 1864, t. 9. f. 1-5, may be possibly different from the typical 7h. Laureri, Flot. Should this prove to be the case, the name he proposes, 7h. anglicum, must be adopted for the English plant, limiting 7. Laureri to the German speci- mens. Dr. Koérber, to whom I forwarded a specimen, com- pared it with his authentic specimen (but whether micro- scopically or merely externally, I know not), and thought them identical. Dr. Nylander has kindly afforded me an op- portunity of examining his Zh. intermediellum, which corre- sponds with the characters he has given of it. Recurring to my own specimens, I am disposed to think that the plant found by me parasitically on Baomyces rufus (see Ann. /. c.) will eventually prove to be another species (for which I would propose the name Thelocarpon epithallinum). In it I find the paraphyses to be stronger, unbranched, and shorter than in others, the asci more elongated, lineari-cylindrical, and the spores (which I could not disengage from the asci, and therefore may be optically deceived by the appearance of their close ap- proximation or packing) to be of an irregular spherical shape. There also appears a difference in the gonidia. But the plant was in too unsatisfactory a state to determine this decisively. VI.—Fifth Account of new Species of Snakes in the Collection of the British Museum. By Auzert Gintusr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D. [Plates VI. & VII.] Tue followmg species of Ophidians have been added to the Collection of the British Museum since the publication of the last paper on the sare subject in this Journal (February 1865, p. 89). The total number of species in that collection amounts now to 827, and that of the typical specimens to 808. Our numerous specimens of Typhlopides have been examined by Prof. Peters, who has been for some years engaged upon a monograph of this family. In the following lists some of the species are marked with an asterisk (*): they will be described in this paper. I. List of Species which were formerly desiderata. Helminthophis flavoterminatus, Pérs. Caraccas. Purchased. albirostris, Pérs. Guayaquil. Mr. Fraser. Typhlops tenuis, Jan. Bengal. Purchased. — lineolatus, Jan. ¢ Milleri, Schleg. (=Pilidium dimidiatum, Blkr.). Fast-Indian archipelago. Dr. Bleeker. polygrammicus, Schley. New South Wales. G. Krefft, Esq. in the Collection of the British Museum. 25 Onychocephalus Kraussii, Jan. Old Calabar and Fernando Po. Purchased. lalandii, Schleg. Cape of Good Hope. Purchased. — Bibronii, Smith. Cape of Good Hope. Sir A. Smith. (Typical specimen.) verticalis, Smith. Cape of Good Hope. Sir A. Smith. (Typical specimen.) capensis, Smith. Cape of Good Hope. Sir A. Smith. (Typical specimens. ) mucruso, Pérs. Zambesi Expedition. mossambicus, Pérs. Mozambique. Purchased. Stenostoma cairi, D. f B. Thebes. Prof. Peters. macrolepis, Pérs. Mexico. Purchased. macrorhynchum, Jan. Euphrates Expedition. —— bilineatum, D. § B. Martinique. Purchased. nigricans, Smith. South Africa. Sir A. Smith. (Typical specimens. ) fallax, Pérs. Peru. Prof. Nation. *Calamelaps unicolor, RnArdt. Sierra Leone. Purchased. Rhabdion torquatum, D. § B. Borneo. Prof. Peters. Hapsidophrys ceruleus, I%scher. Sierra Leone. Purchased. Rhagerrhis producta, Pfrs. Nubia. Prof. Peters. multimaculata=Coronella multim., Smith=Dipsina multim., Jan. Damara Land. Purchased. * Atractaspis corpulentus, Hallow. ? St. G. Mivart, Esq. Trimeresurus mucrosquamatus, Cantor. Formosa. Consul R. Swinhoe. Echidna inornata, Smzth. South Africa. Sir A. Smith, (Type of the species.) II, List of the new Species procured and described in the course of the year 1865. Typhlops obtusus, Pérs. Shiré Valley. Zambesi Expedition. Gintheri, Ptrs. North Australia. Mr. Elsey. Stenostoma scutifrons, Pévs. Benguela. Mr. Monteiro. *Calamaria arcticeps. Borneo. L. L. Dillwyn, Esq.? *Ablabes flaviceps. East-Indian archipelago. Purchased. *Zamenis brachyurus. Dekkan. Purchased. *Herpetethiops Bellii. Sierra Leone. Lieut. Bell. *Ahztulla nigromarginata. Upper Amazons. Mr. Bartlett, junr. * Aspidiotes melanocephalus, Kreft. G. Krefft, Esq. Hoplocephalus mastersii, Kreft. Flinders Range. G. Krefft, Esq. *Atractaspis microlepidota. West Africa? A. Ginther. Calamaria arcticeps. Pl. VI. fig. C. Body moderately slender ; tail short; head narrow, elongate, the froutals being longer than broad, as long as the ver- tical. Vertical five-sided, broader posteriorly than anteriorly, the lateral edges being slightly convergent towards the front. 26 Dr. A. Gunther on new Species of Snakes Five upper labials, the third and fourth below the orbit; the first pair of lower labials touch each other behind the mentale, without forming a suture. No azygos shield between the chin- shields. -Ventrals 151; anal entire; subcaudals 16. Brownish above, with eight brown longitudinal lines—two along the me- dian line of the back (that is, one on each side of the vertebral series of scales), a broader one along the meeting edges of the fourth and fifth outer series of scales, one of the same width along the meeting edges of the second and third series, and, finally, one, very narrow, along the meeting edges of the two outermost series. A broad brown collar on the neck, edged with yellowish; tail with two large black transverse spots. Lower parts uniform yellowish. Eight inches long. Borneo. CALAMELAPS, gen. nov. Body cylindrical, rather slender; tail short in the female, of moderate length in the male. Two pairs of frontal shields ; rostral rounded, moderate; nasal single, its anterior portion pierced by the nostrils; loreal and anteorbital absent, the pos- terior frontal forming a broad suture with the third labial; postorbital minute or absent; the fifth labial forming a long suture with the occipital; six upper labials. Eye very small. Scales smooth, without apical groove, in seventeen rows; anal bifid ; subcaudals two-rowed. ‘The posterior maxillary ‘tooth elongate and grooved. The type of this genus is Calamaria unicolor (Ruhrdt.), from West Africa. Ablabes (Enicognathus) flaviceps. Pl. VI. fig. B. Habit rather slender; head depressed, with very short snout. Scales im seventeen rows. Loreal rather higher than long; one preocular, just reaching the upper surface of the head; two postoculars. The occipital extends downwards to the lower postocular ; temporals 2+2, the two anterior in contact with the lower postocular. Hight upper labials, the third, fourth, and fifth entering the orbit. Anterior chin-shields not longer, but rather broader than the posterior, and in contact with four lower labials. Ventrals 150; anal bifid; subecaudals 97. Maxil- lary teeth small, numerous, closely set. Upper parts brownish black, powdered with grey. A grey band commences on the neck, runs along each side of the back, where it is three scales broad, and disappears on the tail; anteriorly it is edged with black, in the middle accompanied with black spots along the edges ; posteriorly the black spots stand in regular intervals within the band. Head and anterior part of the nape dark in the Collection of the British Museum. 27 yellow; a straight, blackish longitudinal streak runs through the eye. Lower parts yellow; each ventral with a black spot on each side. East-Indian archipelago. 20 inches long ; tail 7 inches. Zamenis brachyurus. Pl. VI. figs. A, A’. This species resembles in general habit a small Dromicus. Rostral shield scarcely broader than high, extending to the upper surface of the snout; anterior frontals half as large as the posterior. Vertical of moderate size, five-sided, rather shorter than the occipitals, which are rounded behind. Lo- real as high as long; one preocular, large, extending to the vertical ; two postoculars. Upper labials eight, the fourth and fifth entering the orbit; temporals 24-2+3. Scales elongate, narrow, in twenty-three series. Ventrals 225; anal entire; sub- caudals 46; ventrals rounded, not keeled. Hye rather small, with round pupil. The last maxillary tooth is the largest, and separated from the others by an interspace. Upper parts brownish olive; the upper side of the head and the anterior part of the trunk are irregularly spotted with brown, the brown spots being arranged in longitudinal series, and narrowly edged with yellow. The posterior part of the trunk is immaculate. Anterior ventral shields brownish, each with a yellowish poste- rior edge ; posterior ventral shields uniform whitish. We have obtained a single example from Poonah (Dekkan) ; it is 17 inches long, the head measuring 7 lines, and the tail 2 inches. Hrrrera£trutrors (gen. nov. Dryadid.). Body and tail slender, scarcely compressed ; trunk with about 150 ventral shields, which are keeled; head somewhat elongate, rounded in front, flat above; eye of moderate size, with round pupil; nostril lateral, between shields. Plates of the head re- gular; loreal present; one anterior and two posterior oculars. Scales rather elongate, smooth, without apical groove, in fifteen rows; ventrals strongly bent up the sides; anal entire. The two posterior maxillary teeth are the longest, not grooved, sepa- rated from each other and from the preceding ones by a short interspace. Herpetethiops Bellu. Pl. VII. fig. B. Head rather narrow, distinct from neck. Rostral shield scarcely broader than high, reaching the upper surface of the snout; anterior frontals half as large as the posterior, about as long as broad, Vertical bell-shaped, as large as a superciliary, and not much shorter than the occipitals, which are short and rounded behind. Loreal quadrangular, much longer than deep; 28 Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Snakes one preocular, nearly reaching the vertical; two postoculars ; nine upper labials, the fourth, fifth, and sixth of which enter the orbit. Temporals 2+ 2, the two anterior being in contact with the postoculars. Scales much imbricate. Ventrals 159; anal entire; subcaudals 85. Deep black above and below; only the lower side of the head and the thirty anterior ventral shields are whitish. We have received one example only, in a collection made by Lieut. Bell at Sierra Leone; it is 83 inches long, the tail mea- suring 9 inches. Ahetulla nigromarginata. Scales in fifteen rows, slightly keeled. Head small, depressed, with the snout of moderate length, subtruncate in front ; rostral shield rather broader than high; loreal none; preorbital not reaching the vertical; two postorbitals; nine upper labials, the fifth and sixth of which enter the orbit ; temporals large, 1+2; occipitals rounded, with some larger rounded scales. behind. Six lower labials are in contact with the chin-shields. Hye rather large, with round pupil. Body and tail slender and compressed. Ventral shields 158, slightly keeled; anal bifid ; subeaudals 115. Maxillary with a cluster of three or four en- larged teeth, which are not grooved and not separated from the others by an interspace. Upper parts green ; each head-shield and scale with a black margin; sides without band. Lower parts uniform greenish. This species would enter the subgenus Uromacer of Duméril and Bibron. The British Museum possesses one example of this species, collected by Mr. Bartlett, junr., on the Upper Amazons; it is a female, 30 inches long, the tail measuring 10. Ferania Sieboldi, Schleg. This species attains to a very large size: we have received from the late Sir R. Schomburgk a specimen 46 inches long, the tail measurig 6 inches; the circumference of the middle of its body is 5} inches. The spots which are so very distinct in the young are confluent, giving a coarsely reticulated appear- ance to the back. Lower part of the sides and belly with black cross bands placed at regular intervals. Upperside of the head immaculate; a black band from the eye along the temple. This specimen, which is from Siam, has 106 ventral shields only, and the anterior frontals are confluent into one, so that the specimen might be taken for a Hypsirhina. However, an original division of the plate is still indicated by an incomplete suture. The Hypsirhina Bocourti, noticed by Jan as a new spe- cies, is probably not distinct. in the Collection of the British Museum. 29 Lycophidium Horstockii. Pl. VII. fig. A. I have mentioned, in ‘ Colubr. Snak.’ p. 197, that large spe- cimens about 2 feet long appear nearly uniformly black, a small number of scales on the posterior part of the body retaining bluish-white edges. We have received a very singular variety from the Gambia, through the kindness of Sir Andrew Smith: one of the speci- mens is 21 inches long, and the other about half that size. This is black, nearly all the scales having bluish-white edges. A series of thirty quadrangular white spots occupies the back of the trunk, each spot enclosing nine or ten scales. The series commences with a white longitudinal streak on the neck and occiput, and terminates with about seven streak-like spots on the back of the tail. This extraordinary variety might be taken as a distinct species; but there is not the slightest structural difference from the typical L. Horstocku. Aspidiotes melanocephalus, Krefft. Mr. Krefft has kindly sent to the British Museum a fine large specimen of this snake. I could not discover any teeth on the maxillary bone; so that Mr. Krefft appears to be justified at present in placing this snake among the Boide. However, there is in other points such a strong similarity to Liasis, that I cannot help thinking that an examination of younger examples of 2 or 3 feet in length may reveal the presence of those teeth. Atractaspis microlepidota. Pl. VII. fig. C. Uniform blackish brown. Body stout. Ventrals 212; sub- caudals simple, 26. Scales in twenty-nine series. Two pairs of frontal shields; one pre- and one postocular; six upper labials, the third and fourth entering the orbit; temporals rather numerous and irregular. This is probably a West African species. Our specimen is 20 inches long, the tail measuring 18 lines. Atractaspis corpulentus. According to Hallowell’s notes (Proc. Acad. Nat. Se, Philad. 1857, p. 70), his specimen had one pair of frontals and 182 ventral shields; our specimen differs in having two pairs of frontals and 210 ventral shields. However, we have seen similar variations in one and the same species of African snakes, and would not regard the two specimens as specifically distinct, without further proof. The British Museum now possesses four very distinct species of this genus, so characteristic of the western and southern parts of Africa. 30 Dr. A, Giinther on some Fishes from the Amazons. VII.—Remarks on some Fishes from the River Amazons in the British Museum. By Dr. Auzerr GUNTHER. A coxurction of fishes made by Mr. Bartlett, junr., on the Upper Amazons, and acquired for the British Museum, con- tained, besides numerous examples of described species, a few which appear to be new to science*. It afforded me also the opportunity of comparing the true Prochilodus mgricans of Agassiz with its congener from the Essequibo River (cfr. Fish. v. p. 295). They prove to be specifically distinct, the species from the Amazons having somewhat smaller scales, viz. L. lat. 48. L. transv. 10/9. The height of the body is one-third of the total length (without caudal). The name nigricans must be retained for the Amazons species, whilst the Essequibo fish is most probably identical with P. rubroteniatus (Schomb.), Tetragonopterus Bartletti, n. sp. Didi, A. Sl. Lh. lat. 39. i. transy.. 87% The height of the body is contained twice and three-fourths in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice and two-thirds. Interorbital space convex, its width being scarcely more than the diameter of the eye, which is one- third of the length of the head. The upper profile of the head is very slightly concave. The maxillary extends a little behind the vertical from the front margin of the orbit. The origin of the dorsal fin is immediately behind the base of the ventrals. Pectoral extending beyond the base of the ventrals, nearly to the vertical from the origin of the dorsal. Humeral and caudal spots distinct ; body without silvery band. One of the speci- mens has a broad oblique dark band across the middle of the dorsal fin. Two specimens, 4 inches long, were in the collection. Cynodon pectoralis, » sp. This species is closely allied to C. scombroides, but has a greater number of rays in the anal fin, and a much longer and larger pectoral fin. Daa A, a8. Pras, V1 0: The height of the body is two-sevenths of the total length (with the caudal), the length of the head nearly one-fifth. Scales very small, those of the lateral line about twice the size * I observe, in a letter of Prof. Agassiz, addressed to and published by M. Milne-Edwards, that a new genus of freshwater Belonide from the Amazons is mentioned. I suppose this to be the same fish which was dis- covered by Mr. Bates some fifteen years ago, and is described in the ‘ Catal. Fish.’ vi. p. 256, as Potamorrhaphis (Belone) teniata, Mr. J. F. Walker on Lower-Greensand Fossils, 3I of the cthers. Dorsal fin above the middle of the interspace between the root of the ventral and anal, somewhat nearer to the latter. Anal low, scaly, anterior rays imbedded in fat. Caudal short, rounded. The pectoral extends somewhat beyond (in C. scombroides not quite to) the vertical from the origin of the dorsal, its length being one-third of the total without caudal (in C. scombroides rather less than two-sevenths). Ventrals well developed. A small black spot on the root of the lower pectoral rays. The humeral spot and one on the adipose fin are present, as in C. scombroides. Seven inches long. VIII.—On the Fossils contained in a Lower Greensand Deposit of Phosphatic Nodules in Bedfordshire. By J. ¥, Watxer, F.C.S., Sid. Suss. College, Cambridge. Tue increasing demand for phosphatic manure has led to the opening, a short time since, of new workings for the extraction of nodules containing earthy phosphates, near Sandy, in Bed- fordshire. A short account of this deposit was communicated by the Rev. P. B. Brodie to the ‘Geological Magazine,’ and published in that journal for April last. The deposit is referred to the Lower Greensand; but nearly all the fossils contained in it have been derived from the wreck of preexisting formations, Mr. Brodie mentions an imperfect cast of a species of Rhyn- chonella as the only fossil of animal origin observed by him which appeared to belong to the bed; I have obtaimed a species of Corbis, nearly allied to Corbis corrugata, Sby. of the Lower Greensand of the southern counties, and have seen a species of Terebratula, both presenting precisely the aspect of Lower Greensand fossils, and exhibiting no traces of having been rolled. Of the introduced fossils, the greater part appear to have been derived from the Kimmeridge Clay. Among these are casts of the interior of species of Cardium and of two other bivalves, and of a large Pleurotomaria, much worn,—several fragments of the dorsal spines of Asteracanthus ornatissimus and a small portion of a spine of Hybodus,—numerous palatal teeth of Spherodus gigas, and a single curved palatal tooth of Pycnodus. Several teeth of Phosaurus and some teeth of apparently crocodilian character also occur. The Oxford Clay has furnished four species of Ammonites, and a phragmocone of a Belemnite ; and several vertebree and teeth of Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus are also probably derived from this formation. But the most interesting point that I have ascertained with re- 32 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. gard to this deposit, and which indeed induces me to make this communication, is the occurrence in it of water-worn remains of Iguanodon. Of this reptile I have obtained one of the phalanges, a worn tooth, vertebree, and one or two other fragments. The presence of these rolled fossils so far beyond the present area of the Wealden, coupled with the occurrence of numerous fragments of fossil wood strongly resembling that found in the Purbeck beds, seems to prove that, previously to the formation of this deposit, an extensive denudation of Wealden strata must have taken place in this district. IX.—WNotes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. VII. Some Carboniferous Species. By T. Rurerr Jonss, F.G.S., and James W. Kirxsy, sq. Wirtu the view of working out the characters and classification of the Bivalved Entomostraca of the Carboniferous Rocks, we have had to determine the specific value of the forms already published by paleontologists. In the ‘Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for May 1865 (ser. 3. vol. xv. p. 404, &c.) we gave the results of our examination of some Bavarian specimens (with which Dr. C. W. Giimbel obligingly favoured us), whereby we were enabled to determine Count Minster’s eight Carboniferous species—the oldest on our list, having been published in ‘ Leon- hard’s Jahrbuch’ for 1830. 1793. Ure.—Before proceeding to discuss the species pub- lished subsequently to 1830, we have to notice some figured but unnamed. forms, well known to the students of Scottish geology, who have to refer to Ure’s ‘ History of Rutherglen and Hast Kilbride’ (8vo, 1793). In this work: the Rev. David Ure no- ticed the existence of certain “microscopic bivalved shells” (Entomostraca) in the Carboniferous Limestones near Glasgow, and supplied his friends with suites of these little fossils, toge- ther with minute Gasteropods; and tastily mounted sets, in glazed frames, are still preserved in the Hunterian Museum in the Royal College of Surgeons, London, and in the Museum of the Andersonian University, Glasgow. (See the very interesting ‘ Biographical Notice of the Rev. David Ure,’ &c., by John Gray, 8vo, Glasgow, 1865.) ‘‘ Both John Hunter and Dr. Anderson were friends of Ure; and as these microscopic fossils were found in Hunter’s native parish, they would be the more prized on that account.” (Mr. John Young, Lefter.) Four or five of the little EKntomostraca were figured and de- scribed by Ure in his ‘ History of Rutherglen,’ &. One of them (pl. 14. fig. 15), a subreniform Cythere (?), small, white, Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 33 and polished, was the most numerous of those mentioned ; an- other, also white and polished, but larger and scarcer, is sub-. triangular, and evidently a Bairdia (fig. 20), somewhat crushed —a condition noticéd by Ure; it was rare, in a limestone-quarry fifteen miles west of Newcastle-on-Tyne, near the spot where the Roman wall is intersected by Watling Street. Figs. 16,17, and 21 are given as different views of one form, the scarcest of all: fig. 21 is certainly a Kirkbya badly drawn ; and the other two are Beyrichian in appearance (Beyrichia bituberculata, M‘Coy,, sp.). Diaaank the mounted specimens in the Hunterian Museum are Leperditia Okeni, Minster, var., Cytherella, Bairdia curta, M‘Coy, B. subcylindrica, Minster, and the Kirkbya roughly in- dicated by Ure’s fig. 21, which is K. Urei, Jones (Trans. Tyne- side Nat. Field-Club, 1859, p. 186; and Gray’s ‘ Biograph. Notice,’ &c., p. 52). Dr. Ure’s microscopic specimens seem to have been collected chiefly at Lawrieston and Stuartfield (East Kilbride). It 1s only of late that the energetic geologists of Glasgow have been able to rediscover the exact strata which yield them. In a letter dated July 4, 1865, our friend Mr. John, Young, of Glasgow, states— ; “Since I began to pay any; attention to the collecting of Entomostraca, I have often searched for the bed in which David) Ure obtained the specimens figured in his book, and also mounted ' in the Hunterian Museum in London and in the collection of * the Andersonian Institution in Glasgow; but as the quarries ; from which he got them. have been filled up, and as Ure does , not tell the nature of the strata from which he collected them, I have never been able to find them until the last week or two. . In examining some shale from the Calderside old limestone-. - quarries, near High Blantyre, Lanarkshire, I was fortunate in : again discovering Ure’s bed for the Airkbya, &c. It lies between » two beds of limestone, which crop out in both Blantyre and Kast ; Kilbride parishes.. This bed of shale is loaded with organisms . in a more or less perfect condition, namely Corals, Polyzoa, , Brachiopoda, Conchifera, Crinoids, Bivalve Entomostraca, Tri-. - lobites, &c. The shale soon breaks up on exposure. to. the weather, and then the minute organisms can easily be extractede. from it by washing.” Mr. John Young then refers to: some mounted specimens of Bairdie, Kirkbye, Cytherelle, and Hora- minifera, from this shale, that were kindly sent in his letter, and __ adds, “I find, on comparing the figures given by Ure with the , Entomostraca from Calderside, that he has made a mistake in , confounding two distinct forms as belonging to the same spe- . cies. Figs. 16,.17, and 21 he thought were the same. I find | Anmn..& Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xviii. 3. e—- s 34 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. that figs. 16 and 17 are intended to represent Beyrichia bituber- culata, M‘Coy, sp., which is sparingly found in the Calderside shale together with Kirkbya Urei, Jones, which Ure produces in fig. 21. It is strange that he should have made this mistake, as the two shells are quite distinct to the naked eye under every aspect.” 1834. Hibbert.—In 1834, Dr. Hibbert brought to the notice of the British Association at Edinburgh, and in1836 he described, in the ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh’ (vol. xill.), some Entomostraca from the Carboniferous strata near Burdiehouse, which are rich in these minute carapaces, mostly, however, belonging to one species*. At page 179 of his memoir he gave small woodcut figures of his Cypris Scotoburdigalensis, and at page 180 others of his Daphnoidia. The latter received the name of “ Hibberti” in Morris’s ‘ Catalogue of British Fos- sils,’ first edition, 1843. Dr. Hibbert’s specimens were again noticed by Mr. L. Horner in the ‘ Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal’ for April 1836, and were regarded as indicating an estuarine (and not a freshwater) origin for the strata containing them. Among the many Carboniferous specimens lent to us by our friend Mr, KE. W. Binney, F.R.S., are several bearing minute Entomostraca that were in Dr. Hibbert’s collection. In these, * Cypris Scotoburdigalensis” is abundant ; but Daphnoidia, un- fortunately, does not appear. Nor can we form a satisfactory conclusion as to the nature of this little fossil from Dr. Hibbert’s woodcuts. The so-called ‘‘ Cypris” is readily recognized to be a dwarf Leperditia, with the characteristic muscle-spot, and possessing even the hump on the back of the left valve, so marked a feature in some members of that genus. Excepting in relative size, no distinction can be discerned between Leper- ditia Scotoburdigalensis and L. Okeni; and we find very many gradations in size among these little Leperditie of the Carboni- ferous shales and limestones, including L. Okeni as a large form and L. Scotoburdigalensis as the smallest. Two or more of these varieties are often associated together, sometimes probably as young and old conditions, but often as varieties determined by mode of growth. Some slight differences in the outline of the valves, or in the profile of the carapace, occasionally accompany variation in size; and, taking these together, we use them as * In more than one of the many samples of the Burdiehouse limestone and shale that we have examined, we have noticed what appears to be a more elongate (and Cythere-like) form than Leperditia Scotoburdigalensis; but the specimens are so imperfect as not to be determinable. We may say the same in respect to other crushed specimens from this locality, that resemble Beyrichia subarcuata, Jones. Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 35 distinctions for nominal varieties. Thus L. Scotoburdigalensis may be allowed to stand as a sufficiently distinct variety of L. Okeni, though possibly it really differs only in having been dwarfed by unfavourable circumstances of growth. In the Lower Carboniferous shales and limestone of Burdie- house* we see Leperditia Scotoburdigalensis in company with Spirorbis (Microconchus) carbonarius (not very abundant there), abundant Fish-remains, Lepidodendron, Lepidostrobus, Spheno- pteris, &c. This smallest of the many varieties of Leperditia Okeni, oc- curring in the Lower Carboniferous limestones and shales of Great Britain and Ireland, has been found at Burdiehouse (by Hibbert, Horner, Binney, Sorby, Crosskey, the Geological Sur- veyors, and others) ; Granton (Harkness) ; Pittenweem, in Fife- shire (Hunter) ; Bathgate (Young); Arundale, near Bathgate (Young); Hurlet, S.W. of Glasgow (Crosskey); Carluke (Ran- kine); Lammerton and Cockburnspath, Berwickshire (G. Tate); and at many places in Ireland by Sir R. Griffith and the Geo- logical Surveyors. (See further on.) One of us long ago saw that this little Entomostracan could not be a Cypris, nor a Cythere, and put it with Cytheropsis (a provisional genus). Hence it appears under that name in the ‘ Monograph of the Fossil Estheriz’ (Paleontographical Society, 1862) and in some other works. It was definitely referred to Leperditia by us m 1863 (Brit. Assoc. Report, 1863, Sections, p- 80; and ‘ Geologist,’ vol. vi. p. 460). 1836. Bean.—In 1836 Mr.W. Bean, of Scarborough, described in the ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. ix. p. 377, a little Entomostracan from the Coal-measures of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, as Cypris arcuata; and illustrated it by a woodcut (fig. 55). This is really a Beyrichia, and has been so referred to, on the authority of one of us, for several years past. Beyrichia arcuata is one of the most widely distributed Ento- mostraca in the Coal-measures of England and in the “ Upper Coal-measures” of Scotland. It has also been found in the shales of the so-called ‘ Millstone-grit ” of Lancashire and in the Lower Carboniferous shales of Scotland, but not in the Mountain-limestone, or equivalent portions of the Carboniferous Series, in England. We have it from the Ryhope Colliery, near Sunderland, in shale, about 8 or 10 feet below the base of the Permian strata ; from Claxheugh, near Sunderland, in ironstone ; from Hylton, near Sunderland, in ironstone; from Prestwick, Northumberland,in carbonaceous shale (Atthey); fromLoughton, * For a full account of the Carboniferous Strata of Burdiehouse, see the ‘ Memoirs of the Geol. Survey,’ &c.: ‘“ Geology of the Neighbourhood of Edinburgh,” by Howell and Geikie, 1861, p. 36, &c. f 3 36 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. Staffordshire, in shale (J. Ward) ; in ironstone from the Coal- measures near Dudley (Geol. Survey) ; from Chesterfield in ironstone (Binney) ; from Babbington, Notts, in shale; from Shaley Brow, Rainford (Binney) ; from Glodwick, near Oldham (Binney) ; from Agecroft Colliery, near Manchester (Binney) ; from Ashby-de-la-Zouch (A. H. Green) ; from Hagley Shore, Lancashire, and from Holcombe, Bradshaw, Cranbourke, and Brow Peel in the same county ; from Granton (Harkness) ; from Carluke (Rankine) ; and from the shales associated with the Shotts Gas- and Furnace-Coals, Lanarkshire (Grossart). In the ‘ Memoirs of the Geological Survey,’ illustrative of the several sheets of the Geological Survey Map, are several refer- ences to the occurrence of Bivalve Entomostraca in the Coal- measures. Beyrichia arcuata is quoted as occurring in shales of the Middle and Lower Coal-measures of Lancashire and of the “* Holeombe-Brook Series ” (referred to the “ Millstone-grit ” by the Surveyors) in the same district : Mem. Geol. Surv., “ Geology of the Country around Bolton-le-Moors,” by Mr. K. Hull, 1862, pages 33, 34, 40, &c. B. arcuata is also mentioned as belonging to the Middle Coal-measures, near Wigan, in the ‘ Geology of the Country near Wigan,’ 2nd edit. 1862, Appendix *, by Mr. Salter, pp. 386 and 38, and is figured in a woodcut at p. 37 (fig*.2515)'. 1836. Phillips and Williamson.—In 1836 Professor J. Phillips (Brit. Assoc. Report, 1841, Sections, p. 64) and Professor W. C. Williamson (Phil. Mag. new series, vol. ix. p. 351) dis- covered numerous small Entomostraca in the Upper Coal-mea- sures at Ardwick, near Manchester (see ‘ Monograph Foss. Estheriz,’ Pal. Soc. p. 118). Excepting a few specimens of Leaia, these Entomostraca were referred to as Cyprides, and are possibly the same as Cypris inflata of Murchison, which is found in the uppermost Coal-measures of Shropshire. 1839. Murchison and Sowerby.—in 1839 Sir Roderick Mur- chison and Mr. J. de C. Sowerby described and figured a small Bivalve Entomostracan (obtained by the former from the Upper Coal-measures of Shropshire) as Cypris inflata, in the ‘ Silurian System,’ p. 84, woodcuts figs. A 1, A2, A3, which figures were repeated im ‘Siluria, Ist and 2nd editions (2nd edit. 1859, p. 322, fig. 83), and have been copied in other works on geo- logy. These illustrations are really those of a small gibbous Leperditia,—with a straight back, strong dorsal angles, and con- vex ventral margin. In the ‘Silurian System, p. 84, it is * In this Appendix, p. 37, fig. 2, 4, is figured another Beyrichia (under the name of ‘‘ B. Binneyana, Jones’’), which is B. subarcuata, Jones, Pal. Soe. 1862, Monogr. Foss. Esth. p. 120, pl. 5. fig. 16. The name “ B. Binneyana’”’ was intended for a different form as yet unpublished. Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 37 stated that a band of freshwater limestone stretches from Nobold near Shrewsbury to Asterley beyond Pontesbury, and is found in the Coal-measures between Westbury and Pontesbury; and it is described as containing Cypris inflata, together with Spi- rorbis (Microconchus) carbonarius, and as being equivalent to the Ardwick limestone, in which this latter little fossil also abounds. This Spirorbis-limestone occurs also in the uppermost Coal- measures of Warwickshire. See Geol. Survey Memoirs, 1859. Mr. J. W. Salter has obtained for us, through the kind aid of Mr. R. Wilding, of Church-Stretton, a specimen of the whitish so-called “ freshwater” limestone of the Upper Coal- measures of Lee-Botwood, Shropshire. This contained a few specimens of a dwarf Leperditia and many minute Spirorbes * (Microconchi). Mr. E. W. Binney has also favoured us with specimens of the same Spirorbis-limestone from Ardwick, near Manchester ; Prizely, Shropshire; Rough Gill near Galescales, Carlisle ; and from the banks of the Ayr near Catrine, Ayrshire. Some of these specimens enclose imperfect imdividuals of the same dwarf Leperditia. In another specimen of the white lime- stone that we have seen in the Ludlow Museum, Spirorbis abounds, but no Entosmostraca are visible. On account of the compact and crystalline condition of this rock, it is very difficult to manipulate the little bivalve carapaces, or their representative casts.in the limestone; but, though not so successful as we wished, we had evidence of such a little Leperditia as that figured by Murchison and mentioned above ; and we have no doubt that this is very similar to L. Scoto- burdigalensis, its greater breadth or ventricosity alone dis- tinguishing it. Hence we may keep the varietal name L. mflata for the gibbous dwarf form of L. Okeni occurring in the south, whilst L. Scotoburdigalensis is an equally small, but less swollen, dwarf variety, found in the north of Britain, as well as m Ire- land. 1839. M‘Coy.—In 1839 Professor F. M‘Coy figured and described as Entomoconchus Scouleri, in the Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin (vol. 1. p. 91, pl. 5. figs. a—e), a large globose bivalved Entomostracan, common in some parts of the Mountain-limestone, both of the British Isles and the Con- tinent. This form had already been recognized as occurring in the Mountain-limestone of Yorkshire (Bolland) by Professor John Phillips, and referred to by him in his ‘ Geology of the Mountain-Limestone District of Yorkshire,’ pages 240 and 251, as a “ Cypridiform shell,” but not described, though sketches of * Spirorbis (Microconchus) is abundant also in some of the limestones of the Middle and Lower Coal-measures and of the Limestone-shales (Ireland). 38 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. it are given in pl. 22. figs. 23 & 24 of that work. In a pro- visional notice of the Entomostraca of the Carboniferous period*, we have been enabled to point out some of the relationships of this curious fossil, in M‘Coy’s figures of which the hinge-line is by mistake assigned to the anterior extremity. This fossil is known to us by specimens from the Carboni- ferous Limestone of Cork, Kildare, Meath, and Limerick (Grif- fith, D. Sharp, J. Wright, British Museum, Geological Survey) ; Bolland, Yorkshire (Phillips, Morris) ; Park Hill, near Longnor, Derbyshire (Geol. Survey) ; Lower Scar Limestone, Settle (Bur- row) ; Braidwood Limestone, Carluke (Hunter) ; Carboniferous shales of West Broadstone, Ayrshire (J. Young). The Rev. J. Cumming found it in the Carboniferous Limestone of the Isle of Man (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. pp. 322, 3855). At Visé, in Belgium, it is not rare in the white Carboniferous Limestone. 1842. De Koninck.—In 1842 six species of Bivalved Ento- mostraca from the Carboniferous Limestone of Belgium were carefully figured and described by Professor Dr. L. de Koninck, of Liége, in his ‘ Description des Animaux Fossiles qui se trou- vent dans le Terrain Carbonifére de Belgique’ (4to, Liége, 1842-44). At page 585, under the name Cythere Phillipsiana (pl. 52. fig. 1), we have the peculiar gibbous form cemmon in some of the beds of the European Mountain-limestone, and which had been named Entomoconchus Scouleri by M‘Coy in 1839. At page 587 De Koninck describes his Cypridina Ed- wardsiana (pl. 52. fig. 2), and C. concentrica (fig. 4), and at p- 588 his C. annulata (fig. 3) ; but the generic affinities are not well determined, owing probably to the fact of the peculiar an- tero-ventral notch in the valves of Cypridina having been omitted in the engraving of Milne-Edwards’s typical species (as explained in the ‘ Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England,’ Pal. Soc. 1856, p. 9), and the paleontologist having been thereby misled im collocating the fossil carapaces with their recent analogues. At page 589 of M. de Koninck’s work, his Cyprella chrysalidea (pl. 52. fig. 6) is described, and his Cypridella cruciata (fig. 7) at page 590. These Entomostraca occur also in Great Britain, as well as the curious Crustaceans, Cyclus Brongniartianus, Kon., and C. ra- dialis, Phillips, sp., described and figured in the same memoir, but of obscure relationship. A form allied to the latter has also been found by Mr. Joseph Wright in the Carboniferous Lime- stone of Little Island, Cork, and by Mr. J. H. Burrow at Settle; another belongs to the Magnesian Limestone of Sunderland ; * Report of the British Association, 1863, Sections, p. 80. Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 39 and a much earlier instance of the occurrence of the genus is in the Silurian Limestone of Keisley in Westmoreland, where it was discovered in 1864 by Professor R. Harkness, F.R.S. A collection of Belgian Bivalve Entomostraca presented to one of us a few years ago by M. J. Bosquet, of Maestricht,—a col- lection of fossil Cyprinide from Little Island, Cork, sent us by Mr. Joseph Wright, F.G.S.,—and a collection submitted to us by Mr. J. H. Burrow, M.A., of Settle, Yorkshire, enable us to unravel some of the obscurities of this group, which had its representatives even in Silurian times*, and is still largely represented in the present seas. We intend, however, on the present occasion merely to mention what we believe to be the real relationships of M. de Koninck’s species, as already indicated in the ‘ Neues Jahrbuch’ for 1864, p. 54, and in the ‘Canadian Naturalist and Geologist,’ new series, vol. i. p. 237, where we have stated that M‘Coy’s Daphnia primeva is a Cy- ~ pridina, De Koninck’s Cypridina Edwardsiana and Cypridella cruciata are Cypridelle, his Cypridina annulata and Cyprella chrysalidea are Cyprelle, and his Cypridina concentrica is an Entomis. 1843. Portlock.—In 1843 the late General (then Captain) Portlock, in his Report on the Geology of Londonderry, p- 316, treated of two Entomostraca from the Carboniferous Shales of Derry, Tyrone, and Fermanagh, Ireland, namely Cy- pris Scotoburdigalensis (Hibbert) and Cypris subrectus (Portlock) ; and illustrated the former by fig. 13 c, and the latter by fig. 13 3, of his plate 24. C.subrecta (the original specimen of which we have seen, by the kindness of the officers of the Geological Survey Museum, Jermyn Street) is very similar to the first- named in shape, but is somewhat larger. Both are varieties of Leperditia Okeni; and, together with numerous very similar com- rades, they infested the salt and brackish waters of the early Carboniferous period in nearly every region of the northern hemisphere, acting as scavengers} on the decaying animal and vegetable materials in the muddy shallows and lagoons. As Leperditia subrecta represents a size above that of L. Scotobur- digalensis, and does not exactly correspond to any of the Bavarian * In the pebbles of Silurian quartzite in the Conglomerate at Budleigh- Salterton (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 283; and Geol. Mag. vol. 1. p- 5), Mr. Salter has discovered a specimen very closely allied to Cypridina ; and Mr. G. Haswell has found others in the Upper Silurian beds of the Pentland Hills. + Since the publication of the ‘ Monograph of the Fossil Estherie,’ Pal. Soe. 1862, in which allusion is made to the garbage-eating habits of the small Entomostraca, we see that Prof. Phillips, as far back as 1841, pointed out the common association of Fish-remains with Cyprids (Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1841, Sections, p. 65). 40 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. forms described in our former memoir, it will be convenient to retain the name as that of a variety. In the second part of his ‘ Verstein. Grauwacken Sachsens’ (1853), p. 23, Dr. Geinitz described a small Bivalve Entomostra- can, which he termed ‘ Cytherina subrecta, Portlock,’ and which he found at the Gunzenberg, near Plauen, in company with the tail-spines of Dithyrocaris Murchisoni; and he remarked that, as Portlock found his specimens with Dithyrocaris, the circum- stances are alike for the Silurian and the Carboniferous organ- isms. But Geinitz’s Cytherina subrecta, as illustrated by him at pl. 19. fig. 20 of the work above referred to, is very different in appearance from Portlock’s C. suwbrecta, being narrower in proportion, zrcurved both on the dorsal and ventral margins, bordered by a flat rim (apparently) all round, and rounded equally at the ends. The Silurian spines of the so-called “ Dithyrocaris ” are very probably those of Ceratiocaris. Leperditia Okeni of the size and form of L. subrecta occurs at Fermanagh, Ireland (Portlock); Blackwell, near Bristol (Moore); Great Orme’s Head (Dr. Holl) ; Whorlton, Teesdale (Parker) ; Wyebourne, Cumberland (Bland); banks of the Wansbeek (Pecket) ; Barnard Castle (Barron) ; Carluke (Hunter); West Broadstone, Ayrshire (Thomson) ; Orchard, near Thorn- liebank (Armstrong); Gare, Carluke (Thomson); Howrat Quarry, near Dalry (Armstrong); Craigenglen (Young and Crosskey) ; Campbeltown (Thomson) ; Carboniferous Limestone, Ashford, Derbyshire (Geol. Survey); Carboniferous Shales, half a mile south of Mitcheldean (Geol. Survey) ; and at many places in Ireland (Griffith and Geological Surveyors). See further on. 1844. M*‘Coy.—In 1844 Professor M‘Coy considerably en- larged our knowledge of the Entomostraca of the Carboniferous Rocks by the description and illustration of twenty-two forms (including Hntomoconchus Scouleri), besides two species of Dithyrocaris (D. Scoulert and D. tenuistriatus), all from the Lower Carboniferous strata of Ireland. Thanks to the courtesy of Sir Richard Griffith, Bart., we have been enabled to examine many of the specimens described by Prof. M‘Coy, and thereby to make our comparisons more surely. The localities of nearly all the specimens described by M‘Coy (and all that we have had in hand) have been given by Sir R. Griffith in the ‘ Journal Geol, Soc, Dublin,’ vol, ix. (1860), pp. 21 &c.; and indeed the specimens retain their original labels, with the localities indicated, On comparing the specimens with the figures in the ‘ Synopsis of the Characters of the Mountain-Limestone Fossils of Ireland,’ pl. 23. figs, 4-25, we fail in recognizing several of M‘Coy’s Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 41 species on the hand-specimens bearing their names on the labels; they may perhaps have fallen out*. Some of the figures referred to represent, we are sure, only modified condi- tions of carapaces, either partially imbedded in the matrix or altered by pressure ; some are for certain badly drawn; and in many cases the edge-views of the carapaces must, we think, have been constructed from the lateral profiles of imbedded valves, and are therefore rarely of much valuet. The figures in Prof. M‘Coy’s plate 23 are not drawn on a true scale ; so that some specimens 4 line long have larger figures than some one line long. Having carefully examined the several labelled hand-specimens of shale and limestone lent to us by Sir R. Griffith, we propose to make some remarks on the Entomostraca that we have met with in them; and at the same time we shall offer our opinion on such of Professor M‘Coy’s species as are figured in pl. 23 of the ‘Synops. Charact. M. Limest. Foss. Ireland,’ but have not reached us, or are not now to be seen on the hand-specimens. 1. “ Entomoconchus Scouleri. Lower Carboniferous Lime- stone; Little Island, Cork.” Synops. Carb. Foss., Ireland, p- 164, pl. 23. fig. 4. Gniffith, List of Localities (Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin, vol. ix.), p. 68. A cast, in grey crystalline fos- siliferous limestone. 1*, Another cast, in similar limestone; Millicent, Clane, co. Kildare. 1**, Another specimen (labelled “ E. Scouleri. Upper Car- boniferous Limestone; Black Lion, Enniskillen, co. Leitrim,” Localities, p. 80) is a dark-coloured crystalline shelly lime- stone with a Cyclus. 2. “ Daphnia primeva.” Synops. p. 164, pl. 23. fig. 5. Statcd to be 114 long, and ? line deep, not very uncommon in some localities, and possibly to be the same as Hibbert’s Daphnoidia. The specimen was not sent to us, nor is it mentioned in the List of Localities, and has therefore probably been mislaid. It certainly is a Cypridina as far as the appearance of the valve is concerned, whatever Dr. Hibbert’s specimens may have been (see above, p. 34). 3. “ Bairdia curtus. Arenaceous shale ; Granard, co. Long- * In the ‘ Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science,’ No. XIX. July 1865, Mr. John Kelly explains that in 1853 Sir R. Griffith’s collection, compri- sing these specimens, was removed from his house to the Great Exhibition in Dublin, and that many of the specimens of shale crumbled away. Hence, probably, the loss of several specimens. + In 1847 M. J. Bosquet, in his “ Descript. Entom. Foss. Maestricht,”’ p- 4, note, offered some criticisms on M‘Coy’s species, but not sufficiently well founded to be of use. 42 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. ford.” Synops. p. 165, pl. 23. fig. 6; Local. p. 100 (“ Car- boniferous slate and arenaceous limestone,” Local. p. 48). Grey limestone, with Spirifer, Crinoids, &c., and some obscure Ento- mostracan valves besides the Bairdia under notice. This is in good preservation. In 1859 one of us carefully examined the specimen, and, having cleared away some of the matrix, con- sidered the carapace to have been sufficiently well shown, and regarded it as being somewhat different from Bazrdia plebeia, Reuss, in exhibiting less convexity in the antero-ventral edge. Unfortunately this very convexity could even then have been found by greater boldness of manipulation; for a year after- wards, on again closely examining the specimen, it came out of the stone, quite perfect, showing a fully curved hatchet-edge, as in B. plebeia. After the many doubts expressed as to the identity of the Carboniferous B. curta and the Permian B. plebeia, we cannot now recognize (with Sir RK. Griffith’s specimen clearly before us) a real specific distinction; and B. curta stands as the oldest name. B. plebeia, however, may conveniently remain as a term of inferior grade for the very prevalent form with a rounded antero-dorsal angle (and hence less hatchet-shaped anterior ex- tremity, as depicted in Reuss’s figure of B. plebeia, Jahresbe- richt Wetterau. Gesell. 1854, p. 67, fig. 5, and in those given in the Transact. Tyneside Field-club, vol. iv. pl. 9. figs. 1, 2, 4, and woodcut 1, p. 145). 4. “ Bairdia gracilis.’ Synops. p. 165, pl. 23. fig. 7. As we have not seen this specimen, and as it is not referred to in the List of Localities, we have nothing to add to Prof. M‘Coy’s brief description of it, except that it seems to be the same as B. subcylindrica, Minster, sp. (Annals N. H. ser. 3. vol. xv. p- 409, pl. 20. fig. 13). 5. “ Cythere amygdalina.” Synops. p. 165, pl. 23. fig 8. We have not seen this specimen ; and, not being mentioned in the List of Localities, it has probably been mislaid. We have seen, however, a form corresponding to fig. 8 in the hand-spe- cimen described further on as No. 10. Prof. M‘Coy states that “ C’, amygdalina” is “ common.” 6. “ Cythere arcuata. Yellow Sandstone ; Dromard, Drapers- town, co. Londonderry.” Synops. p. 165, pl. 28. fig. 9; Local. p- 48 (Arenaceous shale,’ Local. p. 100). A blackish mica- ceous shale, rather hard but fragile, containing Modiole (?), and abounding with small Entomostraca, Leperditia subrecta, L. Sco- toburdigalensis, Kirkbya annectens (sp.n.), and others, but nothing corresponding to the figure given of ‘ C. arcuata,’ which we are inclined to believe to have been a specimen of L. subrecta partially hidden by matrix on its dorsal region. Prof. M‘Coy Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 43 states that “ C. arcuata” is “ very common in the Carboniferous shales.” 7. “ Cythere bituberculata. Yellow Sandstone ; Cultra, Holy- wood, co. Down.” Synops. p. 165, pl. 23. fig. 10; Local. p. 48 (‘ Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Light-grey shaly shell- grit, with Modiole (?), slightly micaceous. Leperditia subrecta abundant, and smaller obscure Entomostraca present, but no- thing like the figure. A very similar, if not identical Beyrichia, however, occurs in Scotland (in the Coal-measures near Glasgow), and will bear the name B. bituberculata, M‘Coy. Prof. M‘Coy found his “ C. bituberculata”? common in one or two localities. 8. “ Cythere costata. Yellow Sandstone ; Cultra, Holywood.” Synops. p. 165, pl. 23. fig. 11; Local. p. 48 (‘“ Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Light-grey solid shell-grit (Serpule, &c.), with crushed valves of Leperditia subrecta in abundance ; but nothing visible to match the figure. We have, however, met with a Kirkbyain the Carboniferous Limestone of the south-west of England somewhat like fig. 11. Prof. M‘Coy refers to “ C. costata”’ as being about + line in length, rare, and solitary. 9. “ Cythere cornuta. Yellow Sandstone ; Cultra, Holywood.” Synops. p. 165, pl. 23. fig. 12; Local. p. 48 (‘ Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Hard grey calcareous shale, with fish- scales and Serpule; or rather a Serpula-grit, much like the foregoing. Leperditia Scotuburdigalensis and Kirkbya annectens are present, but not the figured specimen. This we believe to have been L. subrecta with an extraneous morsel of matrix attached near the middle of the hinge-line (taken for the ventral border in Prof. M‘Coy’s description). It is stated to be about a line long and “ not common.” 10. “Cythere elongata. Yellow Sandstone; Cultra, Holywood.” Synops. p. 166, pl. 23. fig. 15; Local. p. 48 (“ Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Grey Serpula-grit, with Modiola (?). There is no specimen like the figure (which appears to be an oculate L. subrecta, with its dorsal region buried in the matrix) now visible on the slab; but there are L. Scotoburdigalensis, Kirkbya annectens, two Cytheres, and a Leperditia (?) like fig. 8, ** Cythere amygdalina.” M‘Coy’s “ C. elongata” is stated to be half a line long and “very common in the shales of certain localities ” (p. 166). ll. “ Cythere excavata. Carboniferous Slate ; Aghnaglogh, Clogher, co. Tyrone.” Synops. p. 166, pl. 23. fig. 14; Local. p- 48 (“ Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Wark-coloured, . Shelly, fissile shale, with Anthracomye (?) and obscure casts of Leperditia subrecta; and the figure seems to have been based on some such specimen. 12. “ Cythere Hibbertii. Yellow Sandstone; Larganmore, Bangor, co. Mayo.” Synops. p. 166, pl. 23. fig. 15; Local. p. 48: 44 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. ( Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Dark, fragile, shghtly micaceous shale, with Crinoids, Modiola (?), &c., and containing obscure valves and casts of Leperditia subrecta (?) and Kirkbya annectens, but nothing exactly corresponding to the figure. Prof. M‘Coy suggests that this “is perhaps Cypris Scotoburdigalensis of Hibbert ; but this dwarf form of L. Okeni, smaller even than the variety subrecta, would hardly match “ C. Hibbertii,’ which is stated to be “ frequently upwards of a line in length,” and “the largest species of Cythere of the Irish palzeozoic rocks” (though “ C. inflata” is said to reach 2 lines in length), except when regarded as one of the modifications of DL. Okeni, which we believe to be the correct view of its relationship, though not contemplated in the work before us. 13. “ Cythereimpressa. Yellow Sandstone; Dromard, Drapers- town. Synops. p. 166, pl. 23. fig. 16; Local. p. 48 (‘ Are- naceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Grey, fine-grained, micaceous, hardish shale, with Modiola (?) and Serpula. Some obscure casts of Leperditia subrecta and of other Entomostraca are pre- sent; but there is nothing exactly like the figure, which is stated to represent a form “about half a line long, and “ very common in the slates and shales of several districts ( p. 166). 14. “ Cythere inflata. Lower Carboniferous Limestone ; Ballyduf, Dungarvon, co. Waterford.” Synops. p. 167, pl. 23. fig. 17; Local. p. 68. Grey crystalline shelly limestone, veined. Without any visible specimen of Entomostraca. 14, White crystalline limestone, from Laracor, Trim, co. Meath (Local. p. 68). This has a small Entomoconchus and a minute hollow mould where. a Leperditia subrecta has probably been. The figure may have been taken from a small Entomo- conchus, a Cypridella, or other nearly related Cypridine Ento- mostracon. Prof. M‘Coy states that his “ C. inflata” is the “largest and most abundant ” of the Carboniferous Cytheres (from 1 to 2 lines in length), and that it abounds in the dark fcetid limestones, but is “ rare in the light-coloured limestone, where C. inornata supplies its place.” 15. “ Cythere inornata. Yellow Sandstone; Cultra, Holy- wood.” Synops. p. 167, pl. 23. fig. 18; Local. p. 48 (‘ Are- naceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Bluish-grey fissile shale, fine- grained and micaceous, with numerous casts and broken valves (s to z's mch long) of Leperditia subrecta and L. Scotoburdi- galensis, sometimes showing the ae spot. Prof. M‘Coy states that his “ C. mornata”’ is rarely $ line in length, and that it is ‘very common in several localities.” The Permian Cythere referred by one of us to C. inornata, M‘Coy, is decidedly not the same as this, which is the common dwarf variety of Leperditia Okeni, Miinster, sp. Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 45 _ 16. “ Cythere orbicularis. Yellow Sandstone; Bunowna, Kasky, co. Sligo.” Synops. p. 167, pl. 23. fig. 19; Local. p. 48 (“ Carboniferous slate,” Local. p.100). Dark-grey, fine-grained limestone, with Orthoceras, &c. There are some small, obscure, roundish fossils, and a part of a valve of L. subrecta, but nothing like the figure. 17. “ Cythere pusilla.” Synops. p. 167, pl. 23. fig. 20. “ Yellow Sandstone; Cullion, Draperstown, co. Londonderry,” Local. p. 48. “ Middle Limestone,” Local. p. 100. We have not had the specimen. It may have been a very small Entomo- conchus (?) or a Cypridella. Prof. M’Coy refers to it as “ the smallest of the Cytheres” ... “ greatly abundant”... “length about 3 line” (p. 167). 18. “ Cythere scutulum. Middle Carboniferous Limestone ; Ballintrillick, Bundoran, co. Donegal.” Synops. p. 168, pl. 23. fig. 21 ; Local. p. 75. Dark, compact, but softish, fissile shale, with Crinoidal joints, casts of Aviculopecten, &e. Leperditia Okeni, var. subrecta and Scotoburdigalensis are here plentiful, as single valves, of various sizes. Some have the eye-tubercle ; and occasionally large left valves (1-4; inch long) have their peculiar dorsal swelling. C. scutulum is doubtless Leperditia subrecta, Portlock, sp. The figured specimen must have had its dorsal edge partly imbedded, and the proportions are not well given. 19. “ Cythere oblonga. Yellow Sandstone; Cullion, Drapers- town.” Synops. p. 167, pl. 23. fig. 22; Local. p.48 (“ Arena- ceous. shale,” Local. p. 100). Dark-grey, fine-grained, fissile shale, with Aviculopecten. Obscure casts of Leperditia subrecta(?), but nothing that matches the figure. “ C. oblonga” is stated to be “common,” and about 1 line in length. It is probably L. subrecta. 20. “ Cythere spinigera.” Synops. p. 168, pl. 23. fig. 23. We have not seen the specimen; but there is no doubt that it is Leperditia Okeni (probably var. subrecta), either with the eye- spot prominent, or with a small imcrustation, such as we have seen in one of the specimens from Cultra, and such as we believe fig. 12 (“ C. cornuta’’) and fig. 24 (“C. trituberculata”’) to have borne. 21. “ Cythere trituberculata. Yellow Sandstone; Cultra, Holywood.” Synops. p. 168, pl. 23. fig.24; Local. p. 48 (“Arena- ceous shale,” Local. p. 100.) Hard, grey Serpula-grit, like No.9, but more solid. We can find nothing like the figure (probably a small Leperditia with adventitious concretions or bits of the matrix). L. Scotoburdigalensis is present; also a Cythere having an outline somewhat near that of the figure ; and there are numerous specimens of Kirkbya annectens, which, though more or less lobed or tubercled, is not at all like fig. 24. 22. “ Cythere gibberula. Middle Carboniferous Limestone ; 46 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. Ballintrillick, Bundoran.” Synops. p. 166, pl. 28. fig. 25; Local. p. 75. Darkish grey micaceous shale, with Aviculopecten. The specimens are of the same form as “ C. scutulum,” and are de- eidedly Leperditia Okeni, var. subrecta (about ='; inch long). “ C. gibberula” is said to occur “in great numbers in the shale of some localities.” The figure indicates a large hump on the middle of the valves, which Prof. M‘Coy notes as remarkable ; but the specimens before us are not characterized by any parti- cular protuberance. The following labelled specimen accompanied the others. 23. “ Cythere subrecta (Portlock, sp.). Yellow Sandstone ; Larganmore, Bangor, co. Mayo.” Griffith’s List of Localities, Geol. Soe. Dublin Journ. vol. ix. p. 48 (‘‘ Arenaceous shale,” Local. p. 100). Hardish dark-grey micaceous shale, with abun- dant small obscure casts of Leperditia Okent, var. subrecta (about z's inch long) The foliowing table shows the conclusions we have arrived at, judging by evidences and probabilities, respecting the Bivalve Entomostraca figured in pl. 23, ‘Synops. Charact. M. Limest. Foss. Ireland ?— Dimensions | No. in in lines. |this art. Corrected Names, Prof. M‘Coy’s Names. Entomoconchus Scouleri. Fig. 4. Entomoconchus Scouleri| 10x 9 1 5. Daphnia primeva ...... 13x ¢ 2 | Cypridina primeva. 6. Bairdia curtus ........064. 1 3 | Bairdia curta. i: STAINS roe snny ss ene 3 4 |B. subcylindrica, Minster, sp. 8. Cythere amygdalina...... 3 5 | Leperditia amygdalina. 9; ATGUATA tes acceecee st 2 6 | L. Okeni, Minster, sp., var. subrecta, Portlock, sp. 10. —— bituberculata ...... 3 7 | Beyrichia bituberculata. 11 COStata ese-ss0>m oon 3 8 | Kirkbya costata. 12. COPTER’ * Seisvece v3 1 9 | Leperditia Okeni, Miinster, : sp., var. subrecta. 13. elongata .......0s0s: 5 10 oA 3 14. EXCAVALA, snc .cc.e0e. = 1] = - V0 ee einen t cscs, ] 12 5 2 16. UMAPTEGS Se) ens socee = 13 | Beyrichia (2). 7. INMAED coe ceseer cones: ie 14 | Entomoconchus (?) vel Cypri- della (2). 18. WNONMATH, fecpsceaciacs 3 15 | Leperditia Okeni, Miinst. sp., var. subrecta; vel var. Scotoburdigalensis. ee orbicularis ......... it 16 | Cypridella (?). 20. US abs seston tddass 3 17__| Entomoconchus (?) vel Cypri- della (2). 21 Say AH Weegee ner 1 18 | Leperditia Okeni, Miinst. sp., var. subrecta. 22. oblonga ............ 1 19 F fi 23. —— spinigera ............ 1; 20 5 a 24 trituberculata ...... oy 21 - e 25. —— gibberula............ a 22 aS B Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 47 _ Thus it will be seen that we refer figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, and 25 to Leperditia Okeni without any doubt. They comprise the varieties subrecta (Portlock) and Scotoburdi- galensis (Hibbert). The locality of fig. 23 is not mentioned ; but all the others are from shales either of the ‘‘ Yellow Sand- stone,” of the “ Carboniferous Slate ” (fig. 14), or of the Middle Carboniferous Limestone” (figs. 21 & 25). Figs.10,11, & 16 are also in shales belonging to the “ Yellow Sandstone.” Figs. 4, 6, 17, & 20 refer to specimens in limestone—from the “‘ Lower Carboniferous Limestone” (figs. 4 & 17), the “ Carbo- niferous Slate” (fig. 6), or the ‘“ Middle Carboniferous Lime- stone” (fig. 20). Of the locality and matrix of figs. 5, 7, 8, & 23 we have no indications. In his ‘ Notice respecting the Fossils of the Mountain-Lime- stone of Ireland,’ &c. (4to, Dublin, 1842), Sir R. Griffith thus divided the Lower Carboniferous formation of Ireland (p. 4). 1. Upper Limestone. 2. Calp or Calp-slate, consisting of alternations of shale and argillaceous limestone, with occasional beds of pure limestone and rarely of sandstone—and less per- sistent than the Upper and Lower Limestones. 3. Lower Lime- stone. 4. Carboniferous Slate, or schistose beds, usually calca- reous and alternating with argillaceous limestones, similar to those of the Calp. 5. Yellow Sandstone, consisting of sand- stones intercalated with slate or shale and occasionally with limestone. Nos. 4 & 5 are wanting in some localities; and sometimes No. 4 only is wanting. (See also Sir R. Griffith’s Geological Map of Ireland, with its marginal explanations, 1854. ee 22, Sir R. Griffith states that ntomoconchus Scouleri occurs in the Lower Limestone of the southern and middle districts of Ireland. Bairdia curta occurs in the middle and northern. gracilis of northern. Cythere cornuta _,, northern. inflata Fe southern and middle. imornata a northern. spinigera Pe northern. These determinations were modified probably, and corrected, in Prof. M‘Coy’s Memoir (1844), and in Sir R. Griffith’s List of Localities’ in 1860. The Geological Surveyors of Ireland, however, have found it impracticable to fully adopt Sir R. Griffith’s nomenclature of the Lower Carboniferous formation. According to their experience, his “ Yellow Sandstone ” is not sufficiently definite in its upper 48 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. and lower boundaries, being in some places wholly “ Carboni- ferous,” at others wholly made up of “ Old Red,” and elsewhere combining portions of each ; and they restrict the term to the upper portion of the Old Red Sandstone series, distinctly below the beds with marine fossils. They consider that the “ Carboni- ferous Slate”? (about 150 feet thick), below the “ Carboniferous Limestone” (3000 feet), in the north-eastern districts, is the same as the “ Lower Limestone Shales” of England, and that the “ Carboniferous Limestone” thins away on the south-west and is wholly replaced by the ‘ Lower Limestone Shales” (about 5000 feet), which are there cleaved, and therefore known as “Carboniferous Slate.” The latter, in consequence, are in the south-west the equivalents of the “Carboniferous Lime- stone” and “ Lower Limestone Shales” together in the north- east. As this arrangement simplifies the order and succession of the “ Lower Carboniferous” strata, we use both nomenclatures in the annexed table of the Entomostraca that we have observed in Sir R. Griffith’s specimens. We have also seen other Carboniferous Entomostraca from Ireland, which have been kindly submitted to us by the Officers of the Geological Survey of Ireland. I. From the “ Carboniferous Limestone.” 1. Meath (Map, Sheet 33/4); Clonalvy, near Naul. Entomo- conchus Scouleri. 2. Meath (Sheet 27/1); Duleek. Light-grey limestone. Cypridina primeva (gregarious). 3. Dublin (Sheet 7/1); Oldtown. Leperditia Okeni. 4, Tipperary (20/2) ; Carrig-Church, about 24 miles north- west of Nenagh. Dark-coloured Polyzoan Limestone, with Echinoderm fragments and Shells. Leperditia subrecta. 5. Limerick (Sheet 11/2); Ballynolan, near Pallaskenry. Entomoconchus Scouleri. 6. Limerick (10/4); Glenbane, near Askeaton (No. 4253 a). Leperditia Okent. 7. Limerick (29/1); Rathkeale. Grey limestone with Fenes- tella. Leperditia subrecta. 8. Cork (76/3); Ballyvodock, about 2 miles south-west of Middleton. Grey fossiliferous limestone. Entomoconchus Scou- lert (gregarious). II. “Lower Limestone Shale.” 1. Londonderry ; Ballrascreen. Hard dark-grey shale, mica- eeous, full of small Leperditia. (Portlock’s Collection.) £. sub- recta, L. Scotoburdigalensis, and still smaller obscure forms. 49 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. "1S “OL 6 ‘Ol Oley IS°STOL'6'Z “S101 6'8°Z ‘apuAy SI} UE ‘SON ‘+ eqooaqns "TT "'** suaqoouue viqyary "rss Bqygamqus "TT BA cerscieevetoriar eth eters arayy tg * arayqyda "** BuRauTyuRy a1aqyAg * eqenoraqnyrq viotsog Deters sees et mamso9 Ty suaqoouue BAqyIry teeeeees gurepsure ‘77 wssoiduit “7 ** sistayesipanqojoog “7 Fete ress es mgarqms “rT settee sere somqpaaqns “7 COO Oo Os ‘ds ‘arayqyhg "''* suaqoouue BAqyIly ** sisuiayesipanqoyoog “J Fete seers e's epnggaqns “rT Fees eee ee eepnggaqns “7 Verses sess gumo urpareg reeeeeeees sSuamoag “| Free tere ees tigmoag “W Lajnoag snyouosow0yUy "* sIsua]BsIpanqojoog “’T "e+" Byoaiqns eyipsodaT eae CC ee a) snpoA¢ *sotvadg put visuay cc OIG SNOIOJIMOGIVD ,, IY} 0} PILIOJoI OSTe ST STITT, » **(,oU0saM’T) OSITG “eumouNng ‘++ (gpeyg) oAvyy SotomuRsiey nrreeees (oreyg) uMOg ‘eNO ** (g[eyYg) Attepuopuo7T ‘uoyjng (ajeyg) Atsopuopuo7T ‘pavmoig "+ (ajeyg) suordy, “YSopseuysy | (auOjsaMVT) pxojouo'y ‘prvue.y oe ea eer cette) PEO TAT ‘1OIVIB'T eevee e eee e * OBPILY] *“{U99TT [TAL reeeeeesss YOY “Puvys] eT * (a[eGg) esau0Gg “YorLauTTEg eee eee *sarqI[Roory ee 6c ZS89[BYG WUoysoWV'] IaMO'T it3 : ce ee ce SO[HYS SuoysouIY] I3MO7] Z Se[BYg 9UOJSOMI'T AAMO'T ee “é ee 6e UNLIgeT “waT[RstUUg ZouoysomIry “qieg soddq ee Ce *foaing eodojoay ay} 0} Sutpsoooe suoyeurso 7 ce its 6eé ee «ce ee «< e seeeeees e+ QUOISpUBS MOTIOX Teeeseee es QaBTg SnOIOIMOGIeD ee se ce €¢ ee ee DUOISOWIV'T SNOLIJIMOGILD IAMO'T JUOJSIVA'T SNOLIFIMOGIVD OTPPITL aUOJsoMVT snosofuoqaeg soddq *SUOIJLUMIOT 94} JO sOUIENT S.WIWMD YS Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol, xviii. 50 Messrs. Jones and Kirkby on Carboniferous Entomostraca. 2. Tyrone; Tinnaglogh. Soft grey shale. (Portlock’s Col- lection.) L. subrecta and L. Scotoburdigalensis. 3. Fermanagh; Kesh. Dark-grey hard shale, full of Ento- mostracous valves. (Portlock’s Collection.) L. Scotoburdi- galensis ; also Beyrichia and Bairdia? 4. Fermanagh; Clebby. Soft grey shale, with Bivalve Shells. (Portlock’s Collection.) LZ. subrecta. 5. Wexford (42/2); Whitestown House, Drinagh, near Wex- ford. Dark-blue hard shale, with pyrites. (H. 4821.) LZ. sub- recta and smaller obscure forms. III. “ Carboniferous Slate.” 1. Cork (74/2); Glen near the city of Cork. Dark-grey schist, weathering brownish: a hardened cleaved shale, with small Brachiopods. JL. subrecta (distorted). 2. Cork (65/4); Bilberry Hill, N.E. of Middleton. Pur- plish and rusty schist or hardened cleaved shale, with Cypri- cardia, Encrinital joints, and distorted Entomostracous valves. This schist les between the “Old Red Sandstone” and real “Carboniferous Limestone” continuous with that of Little Island. This ‘ Lower Limestone Shale” near Cork is 1000 ft. thick, and all cleaved into slate (“Carboniferous Slate”). LZ. subrecta and L. Scotoburdigalensis (distorted). These com- pressed schists, with elongated and otherwise distorted Leper- ditie, appear to be identical with some of the so-called “ Cypri- dinen-Schiefer” of Germany. Shales with Beyrichia arcuata (?) distorted (from Granton and elsewhere) resemble other speci- mens of “Cypridinen-Schiefer.” Entomis supplies the other so-called ‘‘ Cypridinz ” of these Rhenish strata. 3. Cork (118/1); Relane Point, south side of Bantry Bay. Grey schist, with pyrites, and weathering rusty. Gasteropods, &e. This schist is probably 2000 or 3000 feet above the top of the “Old Red” beds. Leperditia Scotoburdigalensis. 4. Cork (67/2) ; Youghal. Drab schist, with an ochreous parting which is full of well-preserved Entomostraca. This is 500 feet above the “Old Red” beds, and 300 feet below the “Carboniferous Limestone.” L. suborbiculata and L. parallela. 5. Cork (105/1) ; Coory Commane Mountain, on the east side of the Glen of Coomhéla, Bantry Bay. Grey schist, micaceous: a hardened squeezed shale, with small Bivalves. This specimen was from the middle of the ‘“ Coomhdéla Grits,” 1800 feet above the top of the “Old Red,” and where these grits are 3000 feet thick. L. Scotoburdigalensis (distorted). Mr. Joseph Wright, F.G.S., has sent us a piece of “ Carboni- ferous Slate” from Shanbally, Cork, containing casts of a Cythere (indeterminable). Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 51 In the Museum of the Geological Survey, at Jermyn Street, we have seen the following specimens from the Lower Carboni- ferous rocks of Ireland :— 1. “Carboniferous Limestone,” near Kildare. Entomocon- chus Scouleri (gregarious). 2. “ Lower Limestone Shales.” a. Fermanagh (Sheet 18, Nos. 3 & 4; and Portlock’s ‘ Geol. Report,’ pl. 24. fig. 13). Grey shale. Leperditia subrecta and L. Scotoburdigalensis. b. Kilkenny (Sheet 31/4) ; south of Knocktopher, and about a mile west of Ballyhale. Argillaceous schist, containing Rhynchonella pleurodon, and having rusty facings and badly preserved casts of Leperditia subrecta. X.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxerey, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq., F.L.S. [Plate II. ] [Continued from vol. xv. ser. 3. p. 452. ] be 1104. Agaricus (Amanita) lenticularis, Lasch in Linn. 1827, 0. 18: Coed Coch, Oct. 1866. . A single specimen of this magnificent species, according ex- actly with a figure received from Fries, occurred last autumn in the plantations surrounding the gardens at Coed Coch. It is remarkable for the great development of the rmg and the smooth pinkish-tan pileus. 1105. A. (Lepiota) Friesii, Lasch in Linn. 1828, no. 9. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. 1106. A. (Tricholoma) saponaceus, Fr. Ep. p. 35. In woods. King’s Cliffe, Sept. 1, 1865. This occurred in great profusion and perfection. A. graveo- lens, Sow., which is quoted under A. saponaceus by Fries, is undoubtedly A. gambosus, as appears from the original drawing and the notes which accompany it. 1107. A. (Clitocybe) pithyophilus, Fr. Ep. p. 62.. In fir-woods. Coed Coch, Oct. 19, 1865. 1108. A. (Clitocybe) trulleformis, Fr. Ep. p. 68. On the border of a fir-wood. Coed Coch, Oct. 27, 1865. The rather distant gills, which are connected with veins and infundibuliform pileus, distinguish this species, which is not hygrophanous. *A. (Clitocybe) inversus, Scop. Carn. p. 445. Several tufts of this species occurred late in the year at Ack 52 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Woodnewton, in a ditch at a distance from any fir-wood, exactly according with Sowerby’s figure. 1109. A. (Collybia) ewsculptus, Fr. Ep. p. 93. On old oak stumps. Apethorpe, Norths.; Badminton. On turf, Ilford, Essex, C. E. Broome. Allied to A. dryophilus, but tougher. The gills are sulphur- coloured and transversely striate. 1110. A. (Collybia) protractus, Fr. Ep. p. 97. On the ground. Ascot, Nov. 22, 1865. *A. (Mycena) pelliculosus, Fr. Ep. p. 116. On the ground. Hanham, C. HE. Broome. 1111. A. (Mycena) vitreus, Fr. Ep. p. 111. In woods. Bryn Tyrch, Caernarvonshire, Oct. 1865. 1112. A. (Omphalia) gracillimus, Weinm. Ross. p. 121. In marshy ground, on decaying stems of vegetables. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 18, 1865. i ear (Entoloma) griseo-cyaneus, Fr. Ep. p. 145. On lawns. Coed Coch, Oct. 1865. 1114. A. (Clitophilus) popinalis, Fr. Ep. p. 169. On downs. Worthing, Oct. 1865, F. Currey, Esq. A curious species, with a*strong odour of new meal, and pro- bably esculent. The pileus and flesh are of a greyish tint, the gills strongly decurrent, and the spores pink. 1115, A. (Chtophilus) cancrinus, Fr. Ep. p. 150. In a grass-field. Apethorpe, Norths. Aug. 16, 1865. Exactly agreeing with an original drawing from the Swedish Museum. Pileus of a very pale flesh-colour or whitish, at first umbilicate ; gills distant, at first white. 1116. A. (Nolanea) junceus, Fr. Ep. p. 156. In a wood near Pont Gyffyng, Caernarvonshire, Oct. 24, 1865. Exactly agreeing with a drawing from Fries. 1117. A. (Hebeloma) deglubens, Fr. Ep. p. 173. In woods. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 18, 1865. Exactly agreeing with a drawing from Fries. 1118. A. (Hebeloma) hzwleus, Fr. Ep. p. 175. In woods. Fineshade, Sept. 1, 1865. Allied to A. rimosus; but the flesh turns everywhere reddish when cut or bruised. 1119. A. (Flammula) gummosus, Lasch in Linn. 1827, no. 325. On old stumps in the plantations round the Botanic Garden at Cambridge, Dec. 6, 1865. 1120. A. (Flammula) carbonarius, Fr. Ep. p. 186. In fir-woods where the undergrowth had been burnt, at Ascot, Nov. 22, 1865. This species, remarkable for its viscid pileus, squamulose Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. EK. Broome on British Fungi. 58 stem, and adnate clay-coloured gills, occurred in immense quan- tities at the above-mentioned locality. 1121. A. (Naucoria) autochthonus, n.s. Pileo obtuso, hemi- spherico, ochreo-albo, sericeo, margine flocculoso ; stipite tenui, flexuoso, sursum basique albo-lanato incrassato; lamellis mel- leis horizontalibus distincte dente adnatis. On the naked soil. Woodnewton, Norths. Pileus } inch across; stem ? inch high, not half a line thick in the centre. Spores paler than in 4. furfuraceus, 00019 inch long (those of A. furfuraceus ‘00022 inch long). It does not become pallid in drying, like that species, but is of an ochraceous white from the first. It is probably a very common species. 1122. A. (Naucoria) escharoides, Fr. Ep. p. 201. On the bare ground. Apethorpe, Aug. 16, 1865. Exactly the plant of Scheffer, t. 226. Pileus campanulate, obtuse, slightly fleshy, umbonate or umbi- licate, sometimes plane, hygrophanous, innato-squamulose, often venulose, tawny, at length pallid; veil white, evanescent ; stem flexuous, nearly equal, clothed with white fibrils, pale, ringless, fistulose; gills broad, bright cinnamon, distant, fixed, acute behind, at length seceding ; spores ‘O006--00065 ineh long, of a pure ochre, not peroxidate. Brittle. 1123. A. (Galera) aleuriatus, Fr. Ep. p. 203. On rotten sticks, &e. . Coed Coch, Oct. 26, 1865. An extremely pretty species, exactly according with a figure from Fries. 1124. A. (Galera) mycenopsis, Fr. Ep. p. 208. In marshy ground, in a wood amongst Sphagna. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 18, 1865. Our plant belongs to a variety, mentioned by Fries, with ad- nate gills. Pileus with the margin clothed with little white scales, the remains of the veil; stem slightly furfuraceous above; gills adnate, not merely fixed with a tooth. The species occurred also in Oct. at Pont Gyffyng, between Bettws and Capel Curig, and near Lake Idwell, where Ag. semi- lanceatus was abundant, with pallid gills entirely devoid of spores. 1125. A. (Galera) paludosus, Fr. Ep. p. 209. In marshy ground in a wood, amongst Sphagna. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 18, 1865. 1126. A. (Hypholoma) hydrophilus, Bull. t. 511. In woods, &c. Not uncommon in England. Coed Coch, Oct. 23, 1865. This species was described in the ‘ English Flora,’ but was by some accident omitted in the ‘Outlines of English Botany.’ 54 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. The veil, though fugacions, at once distinguishes it from some other species with which it might easily be confounded. *A, (Psathyra) corrugis, P., b. gracilis, Fr. Ep. p. 231. A. pellospermus, Bull. t. 561. f. 1. On the ground. Woodnewton, Aug. 20, 1865. 1127. A. (Panzolus) leucophanes, n.s. Pileo campanulato, obtuso, viscido, sicco nitido, innato-sericeo albo, hic illic sub- ochraceo; margine appendiculato; stipite sursum attenuato, albo, fibrilloso, particulis farinaceis sparso, transversim sub- undulato fistuloso, lamellis adnatis e pallide griseo-carneis atris, margine albo. In grass-fields. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 29, 1865. A very pretty species, allied to A. separatus. Pileus ? inch across; stem 2 inches high, about 1 line thick in the centre ; spores ‘00037 inch long, somewhat cymbiform. Puate II. fig. 1. A. leucophanes and vertical section, nat. size. 1128. Cortinarius (Incloma) camphoratus, Fr. Ep. p. 280. On the ground in woods. Fineshade, Sept. 1, 1865. *C’, (Inoloma) Bulliardi, Fr. Ep. p. 282. In woods. Fineshade, Sept. 1, 1865. Remarkable for its bright-red mycelium. 1129. C. (Hygrocybe) decipiens, Fr. Ep. p. 312. In woods. Fineshade, Sept. 1, 1865. 1130. C. (Hygrocybe) Junghuhni, Fr. Ep. p. 314. In woods. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 30, 1865. Spores ‘0003 inch long. 1131. Russula cyanoxantha, Fr. Mon. Hym. Suec. p. 194 (A. cyanoxanthus, Scheff. t. 93). In woods. Fineshade, Northamptonshire, Sept. 1, 1865. 1182. R. veternosa, Fr. Ep. p. 354. On the ground. J. Fryer, Esq., Chatteris. A single specimen only of this species was sent from the above locality to the ‘ Gardener’s Chronicle’ office to be named. 1183. R. lactea, Fr. Ep. p. 355. On the ground. King’s Cliffe, Aug. 29, 1865. The thick, distant gills and milk-white pileus characterize this fine species, which is probably widely diffused. 1184. Cantharellus radicosus, n.s. Pusillus; pileo profunde umbilicato, floccoso, nigro; stipite pallido, radicante; hymenio candido; lamellis angustis. On the bank of a gravel-pit. Ascot, Nov. 22, 1865. Pileus 3-1 inch across, deeply umbilicate, dark brown or black, rough with radiating flocci; stem rooting, deeply pallid ; gills narrow, white. Two or three pilei often grow from the same obconical root, which is white and spongy. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 55 This agrees in some respects with C. carbonarius,Alb. & Schw., which is said to be a variety of C. umbonatus, and must therefore be very different from the present species. C. anthracophilus, Léy., appears more nearly allied, but has a very different habit. 1135. C. crispus, Fr. Ep. p. 369. On branches of beech. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. This very pretty species has occurred two years running. The colour of the pileus varies from a yellowish brown to white. *Marasmius Stephensii, Bk. & Br., Ann. of Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xii. p. 403. This is probably synonymous with Marasmius terginus, Fr. 1136. M. caulicinalis, Fr. Ep. p. 383. On the ground, amongst leaves, in a fir-wood. Ascot, Nov. 22, 1865. Pileus smooth, white tinged with ochre, at length sulcato- striate; gills adnato-decurrent, connected by veins. Our plant seems paler in colour than that of Fries, but agrees in essential characters. *Strobilomyces strobilaceus, Berk. Outl. p. 236. A specimen of this rare fungus was sent from Ludlow by the Rev. A. Bloxam. 1137. Polyporus (Anodermei) cuticularis, Fr. Ep. p. 458. On trunks of trees. Burnham Beeches, C. E. Broome. The hairs are curiously, trifid at the apex; the spores yellow, as in P. hispidus. 1138. P. (Placodermei) fulvus, Fr. Ep. p. 466. On decayed trunks of trees. Batheaston, C. E. Broome. The specimen appears to have been gathered on a dead plum, and exactly accords with one on poplar, from Fries, in the resu- pinate state. It occurs on various trees, and is very distinct from P. igniarius. 1139. P. (Inodermel) Airsutus, Fr. Ep. p. 477. On dead trunks. Orton Wood, near Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. Certainly a very rare species in England, though one of the most common in warmer countries. The larger pores at once stinguish it from P. versicolor, zonatus, and velutinus. * Craterellus cornucoproides, Fr. Ep. p. 582. As some doubt has been raised with respect to the specific difference of Cantharellus cinereus, it may be well to state that both were gathered at Burnham Beeches last autumn, and that the spores of the former are ‘0006 inch long by ‘00035, those of the latter ‘0004 long by ‘00015. In the former, moreover, the sporophores are forked above, and the spicules long and often less than four in number; in the latter the sporophores are obtuse and the spicules four. 56 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. *Sparassis crispa, Fr. Ep. p. 570; Hogg & Johns. tab. 24. Three large specimens of this noble addition to our flora occurred at Didlington, near Brandon, whence it was sent by Admiral Mitford. 1140. Calocera striata, Fr. Ep. p. 582. On a prostrate trunk. Batheaston, March 10, 1846, C. E. Broome. Exactly agreeing with Hoffmann’s figure. A very rare plant, which has very seldom been seen by botanists. Spores ‘0003 inch long, 00025 broad. 1141, Apyrenium armeniacum, n.s. Receptaculo lobato, sub- gelatinoso, armeniaco, e filis ramosis, apice sporiferis, oriundo ; sporis obovatis, enucleatis. On oak sticks, bursting through Corticiwm cinereum. Charmy Down, near Batheaston, Oct. 1865. Spores ‘0003-0005 inch long. This little fungus, though Tremelloid, has not the structure of Tremella. Pyrenium lig- natile, Tode, is now pronounced by Tulasne to be a state of Hypocrea rufa. Our plant may possibly be a condition of H. gelatinusa ; but, even should this prove to be the case, it is well in the meantime that it should be recorded. Puate II. fig. 2. Spores on their sporophores, highly magnified. 1142. Reticularia applanata,n.s. Effusa, tenuis, olivaceo- fusca; sporis olivaceis, echinulatis. On the fallen trunk of a tree, the surface of which had been charred. Ascot, Nov. 22, 1865. Resembling in habit Licea applanata. Surface reticulated as in R. maxima. Spores 4-7, in a fascicle, connate, echinulate, ‘0005 inch in diameter. Puate II. fig. 3. a. part of the peridium, with the irregular flocci proceeding from it, magnified ; a’. part of the peridium seen from above, stretching over the processes which run down from it, ditto; 5. spores, more highly magnified, in groups and separate. 1143. Trichia flagellifer, n.s. Globosa, sessilis, metallica ; floccis apice flagelliferis ; sporis carneis. On spruce fir. Badminton, Dec. 1865. Perfectly globose, but fixed only by a small portion of the surface, which slightly projects, smooth, bay, reflecting metallic tints like a Physarum; flocci divided above two or three times ; spores ‘0003—-0004 in diameter. Perfectly distinct from every other Trichia by the colour of the spores and metallic coat, in addition to the flagelliform threads. Puare II. fig. 4. a. single plant, magnified; }. threads, magnified ; c. ditto, more highly magnified ; d. spores, magnified. [To be continued. ] M. EB. Mecznikow on the Rhabdocecela. 57 XI.—On the Rhabdocela. By E. Mecznixow*. [Plate VIL. ] In his great work on the anatomy and developmental history of the lower marine animals, Claparéde has expressed the opiniont that the Rhabdocela must be divided into two groups corre- sponding with the two divisions of the Dendrocela. He founds this opinion upon the fact that the genera Convoluta and Macro- stomum possess two genital orifices. Although I can confirm this observation from my own investigations, and even add a third Rhabdoccelan with two genital apertures to those just mentioned, I must affirm that this peculiarity of the organs of generation, from its irregularity, cannot furnish any classifi- catory character either for the chief divisions or even for the genera. The following statements as to the sexual organs of some species of Prostomum may serve as a proof of this. I will first call attention to the common freshwater form, Prostomum lineare, the sexual organs of which have already been investigated by Oscar Schmidt t and Max Schultze§. In this animal the unequal development of the male and female organs in different individuals appears most remarkable: some- times we meet with those which exhibit an aborted female ap- paratus along with a fully-developed male (Pl. VIII. fig. 1) or vice versd (fic. 2). In the former we find a large unpaired testis (fig. 1 ¢), which communicates with a vesicle containing seminal masses (v.s.); this opens into another thick-walled ve- sicle, in which the zoospermia are converted into a compact mass. After this vesicle has received several currents of fatty corpuscles (c. ad.), which are evidently related in some way to the zoospermia, it is connected with the spinous apparatus which acts as the penis. In the individuals just described we find no poison-gland, and only few traces of the female organs, namely some isolated ovicells (o.7.) ; moreover in these individuals there is an isolated round vesicle, or receptaculum seminis, containing granules (7. s.). In the other individuals of Prostomum lineare the male organs are in a rudimentary state, as the testis alone can be detected in them, whilst the two seminal vesicles have disappeared entirely. The female organs of such individuals, on the contrary, are completely developed. The ovary (fig. 2 ov.), a simple gland * Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv,’ 1865, pp- 174-181. + Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte wir- belloser Thiere, 1863, p. 16. { Die Rhabdoccelen Strudelwiirmer, 1848, p. 26. § In Carus’s Icones Zootomice, tab. 8. fig. 16. 58 M. E. Mecznikow on the Rhabdoceela. filled with ova, lies on the side of the body. Near it there is a pyriform uterus (wé.), which is continued into a vagina opening outwards. The yelk-stock is also to be seen as a long band-like structure; aud at the inferior side of the body there is a very large double receptaculum seminis (r.s.), filled with zoospermia, the orifice of which [ could not detect. Finally, the female in- dividuals also possess a poison-gland, the efferent duct of which is combined with the spinous apparatus. The organization of the genitalia of Prostomum lineare, as just described, does not precisely agree with the descriptions of these objects cited above. In the first place must be mentioned the difference in the distribution of the male and female organs in the same individual, both kinds of organs being represented as quite equally developed in one specimen in the figures of the above-mentioned writers—a circumstance which may probably be due to their having made their drawings from the observa- tion of several (male and female) specimens. The second and more important difference between my description and those of Schmidt and Schultze is due to the fact that those savants re- garded the uterus as the egg-shell, and therefore furnished the egg with a peculiar stalk (Schmidt), or with a still more peculiar ‘ micropyle (Schultze). In consequence of this misconception the above-mentioned authors have described Prostomum lineare as monoporous, and have not recognized it as an animal furnished with two genital apertures, which it really is. The other, less important differences between my description and that of the other observers may be seen by a comparison of the figures. From the preceding statements it is clear that Prostomum lineare presents in a less degree the same phenomenon of inci- pient hermaphroditism which Claparéde observed in Convoluta. The peculiarities in the structure of the sexual organs of Prostomum lineare are by no means common to the whole of its genus, and do not even extend to the most nearly allied species. This is shown by a new marine species, also provided with a spinous apparatus, which I discovered in Heligoland, and there- fore indicate as P. helgolandicum. The specific characters of this species (Pl. VIII. fig. 3), which is oval and furnished with comparatively large eye-points and cerebral ganglia, relate chiefly to the structure of the sexual organs. These are not so unequally distributed as in the previously described species ; P. helgo- landicum is perfectly hermaphrodite. The ovaries and yelk- stocks (fig. 3 ov. & vit.) are paired organs running along the two sides of the body; and besides these, we may distinguish a uterus (ut.) with a crown-like inner margin. Of the male organs I was able to observe the two symmetrically arranged seminal vesicles (v.s.) and the unpaired thick-walled vesicle M. KE. Mecznikow on the Rhabdoccela. 59 communicating with the spinous apparatus; the spine itself is connected with the poison-gland. Besides these two Prostomee I have met with Claparéde’s Prostomum caledonicum* on Heligoland, and observed its sexual organs. I have only to add to the accurate description of Cla- paréde that the animal does not, as described, possess one seminal vesicle, but three of them (fig. 4:v.s.), of which two are situated upon the upper surface of the penis and the third near its point of aperture. I must also remark that these vesicles are not imbedded in the interior of the sheath of the penis, but outside of it. II. Schmarda+ has found in the standing and brackish waters of North America two Rhabdoccela with a terminal pharynx and eyes placed behind it (that is to say, with the characters of the genus Prostomum, according to former notions, when the proboscis was regarded as the pharynx) ; of this he has formed a distinct genus, Acmostomum, the representative of the family Acmostomez. I found a marine species of this family on Heligoland. This pale-brown species, which measures 1°5 millim. (fig. 5), possesses at the anterior end a conical pharynx, which differs in form, and in the absence of the marginal papilla, from the same organ of the Acmostomez described by Schmarda. Behind this there are two brown eyes, lying close upon the brain. The latter, which is of the usual construction, gives off two strong nervous stems from each side. The animal observed has the sexes completely separated; but unfortunately I have only found a male mdivi- dual, the generative organs of which consist of several testes constructed exactly as in Monocelis (fig. 5 r. s.), and of a strong seminal vesicle (v. s.) furnished with a muscular efferent duct. The zoospermia with which the vesicle was filled are represented in fig. 5 a. The species just described may very well be regarded as the representative of a peculiar genus ; but I leave it for the present in the still imperfectly known genus Acmostomum, under the name of A. dioicum. III. Under the name of Alaurina prolifera, Busch} has de- scribed an animal found by him only on one occasion, at Malaga, upon the systematic position of which he was in doubt. It was an elongated animal, with cilia and stiff hairs, and was met with in process of transverse division. A Turbellarian larva, with its caudal extremity apparently presenting indications of a segmentation, described and figured * Recherches sur les Annélides, Turbellaires, &c., pl. 5. fig. 5. + Neue wirbellose Thiere; Erste Hialfte, p. 3, taf. 1. figs. 1, 2. { Beobachtungen iiber wirbellose Thiere, p. 114, taf. 11. fig. 9. 60 M. E. Mecznikow on the Rhabdoceela. by Claparéde*, and found by him on the Scottish coasts, is evi- dently very nearly allied to the animal just described. Both these animals were found in a sexless state, and there- fore regarded as larve. Leuckart + remarks, upon the form de- scribed by Busch, “ Alaurina prolifera is certainly a larval worm, although it may be doubtful to what group it belongs.” The anatomical structure of the larva in question is very imper- fectly described in the memoirs just cited. It was the more in- teresting to me, therefore, to meet with several specimens of an animal nearly allied to Alaurina, which I found, in August last, upon the surface of the sea near Heligoland. All the specimens found were composed of four parts (Pl. VIII. fig. 6), of which the foremost was the longest, whilst the other three were nearly of equal length. The total length of the animal was 1} millim. ‘The anterior part was furnished with a tactile proboscis, as in the animals of Busch and Claparede,— therefore with an apparatus which may be regarded as a group- character. Its pale-green colour distinguishes it from the rest of the body, which is citron-yellow, and covered with a dense coat of fine cilia, which are entirely wanting on the conical pro- boscis. The stronger vibratile hairs described by Claparéde on his larva are not present in my animal; but, on the other hand, it bears a long seta at its posterior end, and this may probably be identical with those of Alaurina prolifera. The cilia are inserted upon the isolable spherical epithelial cells. Under the skin the body is surrounded by a distinct layer of annular muscular fibres. Of the nervous system I have found no trace in my animal; but there is a pair of small black eye-poimts behind the proboscis. The eyes do not usually occur upon the three hinder parts of the body ; once only have I seen a pair of such organs upon the last “ segment.” The mouth is situated on the ventral surface, behind the eyes, It leads into a ciliated buccal cavity, which narrows and then leads into a pharynx (fig. 6 ph.) provided with strong muscles (nearly as in the Mesostomee). The intestine runs straight through the whole body; I could not observe its posterior ori- fice (anus), any more than Claparéde, whilst Busch describes his Alaurina as an animal provided with an anus. I believe that these characters in my animal are very similar to those of the Microstomee, m which I have likewise sought in vain for an anus. In Microstomum lineare, under a moderate pressure, I always saw the contents of the intestine issuing only from the mouth. Do the Microstomez really possess no anus? and is * Recherches, &c. p. 83, taf. 5. fig. 2. + Gottingische Anzeigen, 1852, p. 867. M. BE. Mecznikow on the Rhabdoceela. 61 that which is described as such by previous observers perhaps only a torn place produced by division ? On the two sides of the body there are two very fine water- vascular stems (fig. 6 7.a.), the opening of which, however, I could not find. The Alaurina observed by me is evidently not a larva, but rather furnished with hermaphrodite sexual organs, which are present in each “segment,” and sometimes even occur in double number in one or more of the segments. The testes are nume- rous and distributed in the body (fig. 6 ¢), appearing like cap- sules containing the zoospermia. The male apparatus also in- cludes a seminal vesicle of considerable size (v. s.), the efferent duct of which opens into a tubular penis (pe.) composed of chitine. The extremity of this is inserted into the male genital orifice, which is situated on the side of the body and often sur- rounded by a cutaneous projection. Near each seminal vesicle there occurs an ovum furnished with a nucleus and nucleolus, which forms the female apparatus. I could not find the female genital aperture; but, as it can hardly be wanting (for the male orifice 1s too narrow to furnish room for both male organs during copulation), I am inclined to think that it is only present at the time of copulation. As [have now described some of the peculiarities of organiza- tion of the animal observed, I may be allowed to draw one or two conclusions therefrom. In the first place, I must assert that the parts of which the body is composed are by no means buds which would subsequently separate. This opinion is founded upon the fact that the whole animal possesses a common pro- boscis, mouth, and intestinal canal, as well as common aqui- ferous vessels ; and I have never seen traces of these parts upon the segments when already sexually mature. Perhaps, however, the parts above interpreted as segments are to be regarded as the joints of an animal colony analogous to the Cestoda, as was urged upon me by Prof. Leuckart (who also first called my at- tention to the similarity of my Turbellarian to Busch’s Alau- rina). As regards the systematic position of this worm, which I de- nominate Alaurina composita, | think that, together with the animals observed by Busch and Claparéde, it forms a distinct family in the neighbourhood of the Microstomee, to which the Alaurine are more or less related from the resemblance in the structure of the sexual organs and intestine. If my statements are correct, Max Schultze’s system cannot remain quite unaltered, inasmuch as he describes the Microsto- mee as Arhynchia, which, however, will not do for the Alaurine which are furnished with a proboscis. Perhaps the Microstomee 62 M. Balbiani on the Reproduction and Alaurine are to be regarded merely as families of the Rhab- doccela, a view which has already been expressed by Leuckart, at least with regard to the former. The peculiarities of the sexual organs and fission can no longer be accepted as ordinal characters, since we have become acquainted with the proliferous Catenula and the Rhabdoccela with the sexes separate. XII.—On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. By M. Baxsrani*. Or the questions relating to the generation of animals, one of those which are still most open to discussion is that of the mode of propagation of the viviparous Aphides. According to the ideas which observers have formed of the nature of the reproductive organs of these insects, their multiplication has been referred sometimes to the phenomena of alternate gene- rations, sometimes to those of parthenogenesis or virgin-gene- ration. As to the opinion which consists in assuming an androgynous condition in these animals, which is still maintained by some authors, as well as by Leeuwenhoek, Cestoni, and Réaumur, it rests upon a mere hypothesis which has not yet received its material demonstration by the detection of the male element in the viviparous Aphides. It is this last view that I propose to defend here by bringing forward the positive proof for which science has waited since the time of the illustrious observers who first pronounced in favour of the hermaphroditism of these creatures. 1 propose, in fact, to show that this state is the normal condition of the Aphides throughout the viviparous period of their existence, and | shall also show in what manner the separation of the sexes is effected in them, when, under the influence of certain determinate conditions, their mode of reproduction reverts to the law common to the generality of species of animals. The evolution and physiological function of the generative organs commencing at a very slightly advanced period of the embryonic life of these insects, and their history being, so to speak, inseparable from that of the development of the ovum itself, I shall have to trace faithfully, though concisely, the principal phases of this development. It is by following this course in my observations that I have succeeded in coming to an understanding of this question which has been so long in debate. This investigation will also, as we shall see, reveal some remarkable facts which I regard as of high interest with respect to the origin of the male and female generative elements, * Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ June 4, 1866, pp. 1231-1234. and Embryogeny of the Aphides. 63 and their relations to the rest of the organism. But, in the first place, it is necessary to give an idea of the structure presented, according to my observations, by the organ in which the embryo originates—that is to say, the female sexual apparatus or ovary of the viviparous Aphides. This apparatus consists, as in most other insects, of a variable number of tubes or sheaths, each of which is dilated at its anterior extremity into a terminal cell or chamber containing a group of small cells. One of these occupies the centre of the group and is entirely surrounded by the others, This central cell is the most important of all; for it represents the generative element or the mother cell of all the ovules in each sheath which are destined to become converted into embryos. These ovules originate in the form of true buds, which, separating successively from the central cell, appear at the bottom of the terminal chamber before passing into the upper part of the sheath. The peripheral cells, attached to the former by hollow pedicles, are its nutritive cells, its sole function being to emit incessantly new ovular buds. At the moment when the ovule penetrates into the ovarian sheath, it clearly presents a germinal vesicle and spot. A delicate filament still attaches it fora time to the mother cell; but this union is soon broken, and the ovule remains completely isolated in its chamber. It is generally at this moment that the modi- fications which are to lead to the formation of the embryo commence in the ovum. The germinal spot first. disappears, and is soon followed by the vesicle which contained it. During this period some nuclei, at first rare, have made their appearance on the surface of the vitellus, and condensed around them the transparent homogeneous substance of which it is composed. By this means are formed the first blastodermic cells. No membrane as yet surrounds them. The rather wide intervals separating them at first are quickly filled up by the appearance of new nuclei and cells. The ovule is thus finally clothed over the whole of its surface by a continuous layer of cells arranged in a single series and pressed against each other. At this period they all present a very recognizable proper envelope. While the blastoderm has thus been completing its formation, the ovum has increased in size and passed from a spherical form to that of an elongated oval ; at the same time it has descended a little in the interior of the ovarian sheath. The central vitel- line mass enclosed in the cavity of the blastoderm has lost its homogeneous aspect and become penetrated by fine colourless granulations. Soon afterwards an orifice is formed at the pos- terior pole of the blastoderm *, in consequence of the separation at * T give the name of posterior pole of the blastoderm or ovum to the 64 M. Balbiani on the Reproduction this point of the cells composing it; and the internal granular mass projects through this orifice. We then clearly perceive, either directly or by means of reagents, that the whole inner surface of the blastoderm is lined with a delicate membrane which extends like an envelope round the central vitelline mass. It is this membrane, with a portion of its contents, that pro- jects, as just stated, through the orifice at the posterior extre- mity of the blastoderm. This hernial portion attaches itself to the corresponding epithelial cells of the ovarian chamber, which are hypertrophied, and becomes as it were engrafted upon them. When this connexion is established, the vitelline vesicle becomes constricted in the interior of the cavity of the blastoderm like a cell in process of division, and then separates into two juxta- posed secondary cells,—the posterior adherent to the epithelium of the chamber, the other, or anterior, being completely free in the above-mentioned cavity. I have sometimes succeeded in detecting a very pale granular nucleus in the posterior vesicle, and less distinctly in the anterior one; they, therefore, present all the characters of true cells. These vesicles or cells are to be the origin of the male and female generative elements of the future animal—that is to say, of the ova on the one hand, and ‘the spermatic cells on the other. In fact, by a phenomenon of germination which I cannot describe here in detail, each of them becomes covered at its surface by a generation of small cells, which, when once produced, increase in size and continue to multiply on their own account. From this results the forma- tion of two very distinct cellular groups placed side by side in the cavity of the blastoderm. The group produced by the herniated vesicle engrafted upon the exterior epithelium repre- sents the male element, and will give origin to the fecundating corpuscles ; that which originates from the free vesicle in the interior of the ovum is, on the contrary, formed by the totality of the female elements—that is to say, the generative cells of the future ovules, surrounded by their nutritive cells. This latter group soon subdivides into a certain number of secondary groups, corresponding with that of the ovarian sheaths which are sub- sequently to be formed. The cells which compose it remain always transparent and colourless, and are also smaller than those of the first group, the cells of which, on the other hand, are soon permeated by numerous small green or yellow granula- tions, which enable them to be recognized with the greatest facility*. The generative vesicles of the two sexual masses be- extremity which is directed towards the external sexual orifice, and that of anterior pole to that which looks towards the terminal chamber of the ovarian sheath. * This yellow or green mass, which is met with in most Aphides at all and Embryogeny of the Aphides. 65 have in a very different manner in the sequel of the develop- ment: that which has given origin to the female elements dis- appears immediately afterwards, whilst the vesicle which has generated the male or spermatic elements, far from disappearing, continues its development, often becomes very large, and after forming connexions with the female generative apparatus, con- stitutes a reservoir for the fecundative corpuscles—becoming, in fact, a true seminal vesicle for this hermaphrodite apparatus. When the curious phenomena just described summarily have terminated, the embryonic development, properly so-called, has not yet commenced. We may, indeed, observe that the cells of the blastoderm have multiplied at the anterior pole so as to produce a very considerable thickening there; but this modification is not fol- lowed by the formation of any new part. This thicker layer, in fact, soon gradually diminishes, and is at last entirely effaced*. XIII.—On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. By M. Barsiani. (Second Note.)+ In the viviparous Aphides the blastoderm assists to a certain extent in the formation of the embryo, but its part is exclusively limited to the production of the laminz which complete the ce- phalic extremity in front. All the rest, on the contrary, results from an entirely new part superadded to the blastoderm. The first phenomenon which denotes the commencement of embryonic development is a budding forth of cells upon one of the halves of the circumference of the aperture (of which I have already indicated the purpose and mode of formation) at the posterior pole of the blastoderm. The result of this budding is the production of a cellular lamina, which gradually rises from the margin of the preceding aperture into the interior of the ovum, folding back against the inner wall of the blastoderm, which it appears in some degree to double for a certain extent. When arrived within a short distance of the anterior pole, it folds inwards, inversely to its former direction, as if to descend again towards the aperture which was its point of departure, but with- out passing, at least at this time, the middle of the ascending periods of embryonic development and even after birth, has been described sometimes as serving for the nutrition of the embryo ( pseudo-vitellus of Huxley), sometimes as a plastic mass destined for the formation of the vegetative organs (Leydig). * This transitory production of the blastoderm of the Aphides is pro- bably the analogue of the “ primitive cumulus ” described by Claparéde as preceding the formation of the embryonal rudiment in the ova of the Spiders. + Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ June 11th, 1866, pp. 1285- 1289 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xviii. 5 66 M. Balbiani on the Reproduction branch. This curved lamina, produced in this way by a bud- ding of the blastoderm in the interior of its own cavity, is nothing but the embryonic rudiment or primitive streak, less the ante- rior part of the head; in fact the ascending branch represents the whole of the ventral cephalothoracice wall, destined to bear the buccal and locomotive appendages, and the descending branch the ventral wall of the abdomen. As to the elements des- tined to form the anterior wall of the head with its appendages, or the antenne, these are, as | have just stated, the only ones which result from a transformation of the blastoderm. For this purpose the latter becomes thickened in the region corresponding with that against which the ascending or cephalothoracic branch of the primitive streak is applied in such a manner as to sur- round like a hood the base of this branch, with which this thick- ened part is continued through the orifice of the posterior pole. In all the rest of its extent the blastoderm becomes trans- formed into a delicate membrane, which envelopes the embryo as it were in a sort of sac, which isolates it from the ovarian chamber. At this period of its evolution the embryonal streak therefore presents in its totality the form of an 8, of which the inferior curvature represents the cephalic hood, the superior curvature the rudiment of the abdomen, and the intermediate branch the combined rudiments of the head and thorax. The primitive streak divides into two longitudinal halves by the formation of a furrow upon each of its faces. These two sym- metrical halves, which represent the axes of the two halves of the body, and betray the bilateral type of the animal, are the germi- native tuberosities (Keimwiilste of the German embryogenists). Their formation is one of the earliest phenomena in the evolution of the Aphides; for it takes place part passu with the formation of the primitive streak, and consequently long before the ap- pearance of the zomites and their appendages. As to the other principal embryogenic phenomena, such as the formation of a reflected superficial lamella (the Faltenblatt of Weismann), that of the primitive parts of the head, the division of the germinative tuberosities into transverse segments or zonites, the appearance of the cephalic and thoracic appendages, &c., I can only men- tion them here, leaving all that relates to these different points of embryonic evolution to the memoir in which I propose to treat in extenso the subject of which this note gives a summary. In proportion as the primitive streak penetrates into the in- terior of the ovum, the sexual masses follow it in its movement, and place themselves against the inner face of the upper reflected or abdominal portion of this streak. At this period nothing yet exists resembling a visceral cavity, the streak, as in all the Arti- and Embryogeny of the Aphides. 67 culata, containing only the elements of the head and of the in- ferior wall of the body. The sexual masses are therefore, in point of fact, completely naked and outside the embryo. But already we can see that the embryonic cells arrange themselves in parallel series directed towards the extremity of the abdo- men, to form excretory ducts, destined to place them in relation with that region. Development continuing under these conditions, the embryo enlarges, and with it the whole sexual apparatus; the parts al- ready existing become completed and perfected, the mouth and anus are formed, and the digestive tube becomes visible at its extremities. It is at this pomt that a phenomenon occurs equally simple in its mechanism and important in its results for the further progress of the development of the Articulata, namely the reversal of the mode of rolling of the embryo. This reversal, which is not always effected by means of exactly the same process in all these animals, takes place in the Aphides by an actual backward summerset executed by the embryo in the interior of its cell. In consequence of this change of position the head, which at first was in relation to the posterior part of the cell, arrives at the anterior part, while the ventral surface, at first turned inwards, now looks outwards, and is placed imme- diately under the envelope of the egg. By the same act the abdomen is transferred to the dorsal side, and rises, like a sort of tail to the embryo, as far as the posterior part of the head, leaving between it and the cephalothoracic rudiment a space, the greater part of which is occupied by the mass of the gene- rative organs. In this new position all that is necessary is that the embryo should complete itself behind by the formation of a dorsal wall, in order that these organs may be enclosed in the cavity of the body quite naturally and without any new change of position. The closure of the hinder part of the bedy is effected by the simple growth of the ventral arches towards the dorsal region, and their fusion in the median line of the latter. If we endeavour at this period of development to under- stand the arrangement of the hermaphrodite apparatus of the viviparous Aphides, we find the primitive common mass of ova- rian cells divided into two groups, symmetrically placed in the posterior part of the body, and each of these groups formed of a small number of cellular masses, each of which possesses a proper envelope. In these we easily recognize the terminal chambers of the ovarian sheaths, with their contents, consisting of small transparent cells. The male organ is likewise divided into two parts, arranged, in the form of two cords of variable form, on each side of the digestive tube, within the ovaries, 68 On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. above which they rise miore or less. The whole mass of these organs, the green colour of which being often very intense 1m- mediately catches the eye, is composed of large oval or poly- hedric cells, the characters of which I shall describe further on, im speaking of the formation of the seminal corpuscles. A very delicate envelope extends itself round each of them, and is con- tinued to the posterior part in an attenuated process, which loses itself upon the sides of the rectum, and probably represents an excretory duct. As the neck of the seminal vesicle may likewise be followed into this region, it is probably there that the union of these ducts with the spermatic reservoir is effected. As to the seminal vesicle, it is formed by a sac of considerable size situated on the median line above the intestine, with its fundus sometimes advancing nearly to the middle of the body. Its wall is formed by a simple structureless membrane, a true cell-membrane, of such delicacy and transparency that m most cases its presence is betrayed only by the seminal corpuscles and coloured granulations composing its contents—which explains how it has remained undetected by all observers. The seminal vesicle terminates by a very slender duct, which represents its neck, and which I have been able to trace to the point of union of the two ovarian tubes, where it is probably inserted. It remains for me, im conclusion, to say a few words about - the spermatic corpuscles and their formation. This commences very early; for all the embryos of the viviparous dphides at the moment of their birth contain new generations in course of development. Still more, it is not rare to find the spermatic reservoir, to the early formation of which I have adverted above, already filled with seminal corpuscles before there is any trace of an embryo in the ovum. These corpuscles are formed, as I have already stated, in the large coloured cells which constitute the mass of the two organs situated in the vicinity of the ovaries. At the moment of their appearance these cells contained only a homogeneous and colourless substance ; but as they enlarge they become penetrated by fine granules, which give them the green or yellowish-green colour presented by them im most Aphides ; at the same time their contents become converted into a multi- tude of little daughter cells, furnished with a membrane and a nucleus: these are the cells of development of the spermatic elements. They are, in fact, soon replaced by innumerable small dark corpuscles of 0°001—0:002 millim. in diameter, which, under a strong power, appear like minute Amebe; but their form does not change under the microscope. The large mother cells have then lost their transparency and their green colour, and become opaque and brownish ; they are easily disintegrated, breaking up into a sort of powder after the destruction of their Miscellaneous. 69 enveloping membrane. In many Aphides these Amceboid cor- puscles undergo a further degree of evolution by their transfor- mation into small unequal bacilli, which are straight or diversely flexuose, immobile and colourless, and 0:005—0-:020 millim. in length. We might easily be led to regard them as a parasitic vegetable production, if we had not before our eyes all the suc- cessive phases of the transformation of these elements. More- over their rapid solubility in alkaline solutions constitutes a character which differentiates them completely from the micro- scopic Oscillatorie, with which they present the greatest resem- blance. Several times I have succeeded in seeing some of these corpuscles in the ovarian tubes, or forming small groups at the bottom of the terminal chamber of the ovigerous sheaths. In the third and last part of this memoir I shall investigate the phenomena of reproduction in the oviparous Aphides, and show how these are related to the viviparous generations which preceded them. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Metamorphoses of the Marine Crustacea. By M. Z. Gerse. Tue author gives the following summary of the conclusions to which his investigations have led him :— 1. The larvee of the species belonging to the genera Maia, Pisa, Platycarcinus, Cancer, Xantus, Gonoplax, Portunus, Porcellana, Palinurus, Homarus, Callianassa, Crangon, Athanas, Palemon, Mysis, Ione, and very probably those of many other genera, undergo, immediately after their birth, a first moult, which gives them a form different from that which they possessed in the egg. 2. None of the marine Crustacea of the division Podophthalma, or of the Edriophthalma, which I have observed has its organization complete at birth or possesses forms by which it might be referred to the species to which it belongs, and all are furnished with transi- tory appendages for natation, which give them a locomotion different from that which they will have in the perfect state : these appendages persist until the fifth or sixth moult, and become atrophied in posi- tion without falling off. 3. It is only at the fifth moult in some, and at the sixth in others, and after having undergone modifications at each moult, that the general form of the adult and the external organs are complete. To these transitory external forms, so different from those of the perfect animals, and becoming modified at each moult, are due a multitude of false species and genera and doubtful families *, and even, as regards the larve of the Palinuri, an entire order to be eliminated. * The family of the Erichthide, in the order Stomapoda, appears to me to be chiefly founded upon Crustacea in the larval state. 70 Miscellaneous. 4. However the larvee of various species of Crustacea may resemble each other in external form, nevertheless in the arrangement, the form, and the number of the spots of the skin and intestine, and especially in the number and conformation of the provisional appen- dages which adorn the extremity of the last segment of the abdomen, they present definite characters which enable us to say to what species any particular larva belongs. 5. The stomach of the larvee of the marine Crustacea presents no solid piece adapted to the grinding of food ; it is merely furnished on its inner face with rigid spinules arranged in rows, and with vibra- tile cilia like those found in the stomachs of a great number of the lower animals. These cilia communicate an incessant movement of rotation to the organic molecules upon which the animal feeds. 6. In all larve of Crustacea, the liver, at first reduced to two simple ceeca, one on each side, is manifestly a diverticulum of the intestinal tube, with which it has wide communications ; by ramify- ing, it forms a hollow tree, at the base of which we may see oscillating the vitelline globules which the umbilical vesicle pours into the pyloric portion of the intestine. 7. The marine Crustacea, however the respiratory functions may be ultimately performed, all have a tegumentary respiration in the larval state. With the exception of the Lobsters, which, when first hatched, have a rudimentary branchial apparatus quite unfit to perform any functions, the larve of the other genera of Crustacea enumerated above are absolutely destitute of this apparatus; some, indeed, do not present any traces of it until after several moults. 8. The want of the function of branchial respiration necessitates a radical difference between the circulation of the individual in the larval and the individual in the perfect form—that is.to say, having acquired branchie. In all the larvee of Maza, Porcellana, Crangon, Palemon, Palinurus, Homarus, Cancer, &c., the blood which the arteries have distributed to the different parts of the body returns entirely, directly to the heart, and this condition persists for a con- siderable time. It is only after the third moult, in the most perfect larva of the species inhabiting our seas—that of the Lobster—that a few globules are diverted from the original general circulation to penetrate into the nascent branchiz. g. All the arteries open directly into the venous passages by an aperture more or less bevelled and more or less dilated into a trumpet- like form. 10. In some larve the abdominal artery may present a sort of sphincter in its course, at some distance from the central organ of circulation ; this, by contracting, temporarily suspends the flow of blood to the hinder parts*. * This remarkable peculiarity exists not only in the larvee of the Lob- sters, as already indicated, but also in those of the Porcellane. tis even probable that it will be found in many species, and perhaps in all; for when we observe the circulation in the last segment of the abdomen of larvee of Cancer, Carcinus, Palemon, &c., interruptions are perceived in it. Miscellaneous. ral 11. Although the transitory spines which arm the thorax of some species do not receive any arterial branch, a complete circulation is established in their cavity. Some of the globules which the venous lacunze convey to the heart make a digression into these transitory appendages, traverse nearly their whole length, and return by a parallel course into the lacuna from which they started. 12. The central nervous system of the larvae of Crustacea presents differences in its arrangement and form from that of the perfect in- dividual ; and the development of each of the medullary nuclei which constitute the ganglionic masses is in relation to the development of the organs to which these nuclei correspond. 13. Lastly, no larva of any species of Crustacea presents traces of the generative apparatus.—Comptes Rendus, May 7, 1866, pp. 1024-1027. On the Mi-lou or Sseu-pou-siang, a Mammal from the north of China, which forms a new Section in the Family Cervide. By A. Mitnre-Epwarps. Father David, a missionary at Pekin, has sent to the Museum at Paris a zoological collection containing skins of the Mi-lou, a large species of stag, which is regarded by M. A. Milne-Edwards as a completely new form. In its general aspect, in its coat, its clumsy gestures, and the mode in which the male carries his horns, it has a certain resem- blance to the Reindeer. It approaches the true Cervi by the posses- sion of a naked muffle and in the anatomical characters of the skull; but it is distinguished from all known Cervidee by the direction and mode of ramification of the horns, and also by the structure of the tail. The horns present no basal anterior antler, but they are greatly developed and much branched. The processes of the frontal bone from which they originate are larger than in the common stag. The beam is thick, and, at a considerable distance above the burr, gives origin to a long posterior branch, which is directed almost horizontally backward, so as nearly to touch the back of the animal; this branch is almost as thick as the perche, and bears on its sub- terminal portion several antlers arranged upon its outer margin and very close together, so as to form a sort of palmation slightly resem- bling that ot the brow-antler of old reindeers. The perche, instead of being regularly curved, is twisted into an S-like form, and bears two large antlers directed backwards and inwards; it terminates in a fork; lastly, all the upper part of the horn is armed with a series of large tubercles, several of which are so much developed as to form little accessory antlers on the outer margin. The female has no horns. The coat of these animals is rough, brittle, very thick, and of a uniform yellowish-grey colour, except on the median line of the back and chest, where there is a black band. The tail, instead of being short and thick, is very long, and fur- 72 Miscellaneous. nished with long hairs towards the end; these sometimes descend beyond the heel, as in the ass. According to M. David, the Chinese often give the Mz-low the name of Sseu-pou-siang—that is to say, the four (characters) which do not agree, as they consider that the animal resembles the stag in its horns, the cow in its feet, the camel in its neck, and the mule or the ass in its tail. The author considers the characters of this animal to be so peculiar that it forms a new generic group, and he gives it the name of Elaphurus Davidianus. The Mi-lou is of the size of a large stag; an adult male received by the Museum measures 1°30 metre to the withers; and larger in- dividuals are often seen. The animal lives in herds in the imperial park at some distance from Pekin ; it has been there for a long time ; but the Chinese do not know how or at what time it was brought there. M. David thinks that the reindeer spoken of by Hue, in his ‘ Voyage en Tartarie,’ as living in herds beyond the Koukou-Noor, towards 36° N. lat., may have been identical with the Mi-lou.— Comptes Rendus, May 14, 1866, pp. 1090-1092. On the Pleuronectide of the Genus Zeugopterus, and the Structure of their Branchial Cavity. By J. STEENSTRUP. In a monograph published in 1835 upon the Pleuronectide of the Sound and the Cattegat, M. Gottsche established several new genera which have not in general been accepted by zoologists. One of these genera, Zeugopterus, was characterized by the author as presenting a union of the anal fin to the ventrals by a fold of skin starting from the last rays of the latter. M. Kroyer, in his ‘ Danish Fishes,’ has rejected this genus, as being founded upon a character of secondary importance, which can only be regarded as specific. M. Steenstrup agrees with Kroyer as to the value of the character, but nevertheless retains the genus Zeugopterus, because the character in question is never isolated, but always presents itself in connexion with others. The most important of the latter is a constant deviation either of the anal or dorsal fin towards the blind side—a deviation which cannot but exert some influence upon the mode of natation of the animal. Moreover the scales of the Zeugopteri are roughened with little teeth, and both the outline of the body and the coloration appear to present certain peculiarities common to all the species. But the most evi- dent proof that the group Zeugopterus really forms a well-marked natural division, is the discovery by Steenstrup of a very remarkable anatomical peculiarity which is not exemplified in any other Pleuro- nectid. Thus in the Zeugopteri the vertical osseous partition which separates the two branchial cavities from each other is perforated by a large aperture in such a manner that the water can pass freely from one branchial cavity to the other. The physiological bearing of such an arrangement seems very problematical.—Oversigt, §c., Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 1865, p. 95; Bibl. Univ. May 1866, p. 79. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES.] No. 104. AUGUST 1866. XIV.—Memoir on a new Parasitic Crustacean belonging to the Order Lernzida, forming a new Family. By M. Hessn*. THE object of this memoir is to make known a new Crustacean, which, from the simplicity of its structure and the singularity of its habits, must, I think, excite the curiosity of naturalists. They will judge, from the description we shall give of it, of the embarrassment in which we could not but find ourselves, in the absence of all definite characters, to assign it a place in the classification of organized creatures. § 1. Description. It is from 10 to 12 millimetres in length and 2 millims. in breadth ; its body, covered with a parchment-like skin, is cylin- drical and fusiform. It is essentially retractile in the direction of its length; and the segments of its abdomen, in consequence of the width of their inferior margin, can even become invagi- nated one within the other. It is divided into five thoracic and siz abdominal segments. Seen from the back, the Aead terminates in a rounded point, and presents in the middle a single eye, which, under different degrees of incidence of light, exhibits a play of colours varying from red to blue. The thoracic segments are not very distinct, with the exception of the first two, which are easily recognized. The others are merely indicated by lateral depressions, especially when this part is tumefied by the accumulation of eggs; they increase in depth and width as they approach the base: the last, in parti- cular, is much larger than the rest, is rounded laterally in the middle, and then contracts at its junction with the first abdo- minal segment. _ ™ Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ série 5. tome v. pp. 265-279. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvii. 6 74 M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. The abdominal segments, when in their normal state (that is to say, neither much contracted nor much extended), are perfectly distinct from each other ; they decrease in depth and width from the base to the apex, and are nearly square, being only a little narrower above than below. The last, or sixth, does not at all resemble the others in its form, which is nearly that ofa shield, widened at its base, slightly emarginate at the sides, and termi- nated by two obtuse points furnished with a few hairs. Seen in profile, they show between them a cavity in which the anal orifice opens. However, these forms, which are well marked when they are in their normal state, are extremely variable and become considerably modified according to circumstances. The head, seen in profile, has the frontal margin truncated at the apex and rounded and bent downwards at the sides. Upon it we perceive the antenne, which are thick, short, cylindrical, and composed of two or three joints, terminated by divergent hairs. Starting from the antenne, the outer margin of the cephalic envelope descends obliquely in a straight line to go to the superior angle formed by the inflation presented by the orifice of the cesophagus. Between these two points is the buccal orifice, which is placed in the centre of a circular platform slightly hollowed in the middle. This apparatus, which is very complicated, presents the following arrangement :—Immediately below the antenne, and at the sides of the epistome, there are two pairs of footjaws, which are solid, pectinated, and terminated by a hooked claw; then follows, in the middle, the buccal aperture, composed of a conical proboscidiform tube, which issues from and returns mto a cavity formed in the centre of the platform. This tube, which is constructed of a very firm, but very delicate and transparent, membranous tissue, receives its impulsion from two pairs of footjaws, one superior and one inferior, which keep it extended or contracted according as this organ issues from or re-enters the cavity destined for its reception. When the tube is entirely out, we may perceive in its interior a conical appendage, rounded at the end, ascending and descending frequently, like the piston in the chamber of a pump: this is really the mouth with its mandibular armament. The latter is formed of two pairs of footjaws, which are denti- culated and trenchant, and furnished with a corneous substance; these, by applying themselves together, can seize and triturate objects. They are, moreover, surrounded by a soft and mobile labial margin, which seems to cover them when necessary ; lastly, within these organs we see some mandibular palpi, com- pleting this system, which may be employed, according to cir- cumstances, both for suction and mastication. M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. 75 The whole of this apparatus is strongly attached to the inte- rior by very apparent muscular ligaments, by means of which it is continually issuing from and returning into the proboscis. Lastly, we also see beneath this proboscis—that is to say, at the base of the buccal apparatus just described—a pair of very strong footjaws, composed of three joints, and terminated by a strong, flat, lamellar, and denticulated claw, constructed to dig into or cut objects. These footjaws are curved inwards, so as to be able to reach or even to pass the apex of the buccal orifice, upon which they lower themselves in case of necessity. We have also remarked that the eye participates in the move- ment tv and fro which causes the buccal apparatus to issue and return—an impulse which acts upon the tegumentary envelope in which it is fixed; we have likewise ascertained that it is capable of an incomplete rotation upon itself. The body, which is very opaque, and, in consequence of its comparative thickness, conceals from sight the details of its in- terior organization, 1s surrounded throughout its whole extent by a transparent border, which follows all its outlines. Even with the aid of the compressorium we were unable to detect the movements of circulation, which nevertheless would have been very interesting ; we ascertained only that the intestinal tube, which is very voluminous, especially at the middle of the body, passes directly from the cesophagus to the anus, and that the matters contained in it are black, thick, and syrupous; these issue readily from the body when it is touched rather roughly, and then, by spreading in the water, form a tolerably compact network, which remains for some time without dissolving. It was only by infinite patience, and by taking advantage of an individual kept alive for more than a fortnight and reduced by abstinence until it was nearly transparent, that we succeeded in ascertaining the organization of the mouth and its evolutions. We had previously attempted in vain to detect them by means of the compressorium ; its action upon these organs, crushing them, produced nothing but confusion, which prevented our continuing our observations. The lobes of the diver are very large, and are contained in the middle of the abdominal cavity. We could not detect the organs of generation. The ova are large, enclosed within the most spacious part of the thoracic region, and placed above the intestine while they are still contained in the oviduct. They are arranged in a chain in two or three rows, and form a considerable number of loops or sinuosities; their course may be detected, and is directed towards the orifices placed at the base of the last thoracic segment. When they are expelled from the body, they form a square flat mass; they are enclosed in a special envelope, and agglutinated together. They appear 6* 76 M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. to be excessively caducous; for I have never found them adherent to the body of the Crustacean, but always beside it in its retreat. But as they are contained in an enclosure from which they cannot escape, there is the less inconvenience, in the interest of reproduction, in the fact that they detach themselves so readily from the body of the female. The male of this species is unknown. The embryo resembles that of all the suctorial Crustacea: its body is oval, with the forehead nearly square. The two sides are nearly parallel; and the posterior extremity terminates in a rounded point, presenting neither hairs nor terminal appendages. Of the three pairs of natatory feet with which the body is fur- nished, the first are simple, and the two others biramose, as in the species just mentioned; all are armed with long flexible setze destined to assist in natation. The articulations of these feet are very nodulose, and well fitted to facilitate movements. The buccal apparatus is proboscidiform and tolerably elongate ; it is widened at its orifice, aud appears to be furnished with two little jaws. It is erectile, and may lie along the thorax or rise up perpendicularly. The embryo, seen upon a white ground, appears black, but, when illuminated, it is red. It swims slowly, and with much less activity than those of the species with which we have com- pared it. Coloration.—This Crustacean varies much in colour. It is sometimes bright yellow slightly tinged with vermilion ; some- times it is of the latter colour but rather pale, brown, or leather- coloured (chamois). The head, the first thoracic segments, and the last segment of the abdomen are always white. The intes- tine, when full, is deep black; the ova are yellow or brown; the eye, as already stated, red changing to blue. Habitat. Found, pretty commonly, hidden beneath the scales of the young of the green-streaked Wrasse (Labrus Donovani*), where it lives as a parasite. § 2. Mistory. It is already a long time since, while seeking for parasites on fishes, we first noticed that the young Green Wrasses often pre- sented on the fore part of the sides of the body, not far from the eye and the branchial aperture, a small tumour, the bright- red colour of which contrasted with the green tint of the fish. This peculiarity would not have attracted our attention so much if we had not seen it reproduced almost constantly under similar * The Breton fishermen call this fish Castrik. It is extraordinary that the parasite is absolutely found only upon this species, although there are several in the same genus which have the greatest analogy to each other. M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. V7 conditions—that is to say, exclusively upon young fishes*, always of the same species and at the same place, and generally on the right side, never hitherto on both sides. It occurred to us to open one of these tumours, in the expectation of finding some Entozoa in it, in a cyst or scirrous tube; but what was our surprise when we found that we had to do with a being which, although belonging to a higher class, must none the less take a place among the lowest ranks of the Crustacea with which it might be classed. This tumour is of about the size of a lentil, sometimes smaller, rarely larger. Two, or even three, may often be seen upon the same fish; but in this case one is always stronger than the others, and this is usually the first one, that is to say, the nearest to the spot above indicated. On carefully examining the tumour, it is seen to be formed by a certain quantity of scales, whjch are deranged from their usual symmetrical arrangement, convergent towards a centre, and superposed upon each other in such a manner as to form a projecting and culminating point, at the central summit of which we see a small round hole, evidently opened to establish an issue. By carefully removing the lateral scales which are at the base of the cone, and have undergone no alteration, we arrive at those which, on the contrary, have undergone a modification. These, which are much thicker than the others, are, so to speak, double-bottomed. If they are torn off, we see, on looking at them from below, that they present a comparatively spacious cavity existing between the upper wall, which is concave, and the lower one, which is flat—an arrangement greatly resembling that of the shells of the Anomia, if it were not that in these Mollusca the two valves can open and close by means of the hinge placed at the upper part of the shell, whilst in the case now before us these two surfaces are soldered together, and are consequently immoveable. The scales which have undergone the modifications just men- tioned present below (that is to say, on their flat surface) two vertical perforations, of which that placed near the lower margin is always the largest ; we also generally detect some other small holes pierced in the upper surface. These scales are applied to the side of the fish by the flat side. When we tear them off, we see at the spot which exactly corresponds with the large perfo- ration above mentioned, a hollow or sinus pierced in the flesh, * We have already had occasion to indicate that it is especially to young fishes that parasites attach themselves, probably as being less able to free themselves. This law appears to be general for all organized creatures : it is probably also for the same reason that old and inferior individuals are also attacked. 78 M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. and evidently the result of an erosion produced by the parasite in obtaining its nourishment. All these arrangements having been minutely described, it only remains for us to seek to explain their purpose. When the double-walled scales are extracted from the place they occupied, and examined on their flat side, the parasite which is enclosed in the cavity existing between the two surfaces may be seen through the aperture pierced in the upper part. Generally it only presents the anterior part of the body at this orifice, and it is difficult to extract it therefrom, seeing that it is retained by a purulent and agglutinative secretion, in the midst of which it is immersed, and which causes it to slip when we endeavour to seize it. This must be done with care, as the least rough contact may wound it and immediately provoke the emission of the substances contained in the intestine. The ova, which are glued together and form small, square, flat masses, also float in the above liquid. When taken out of its refuge, the movements of the creature are quick and repeated, but always the same; they are reduced to contractions in a vertical direction and to nutations of the head, which is agitated horizontally to the right and left, so as to give rise to a certain very limited reptation, which sufficiently indicates that it is destined only to furnish the animal with a means of changing its position, but not its place. The largest of the apertures, which corresponds directly, as has been stated, with the erosion or sinus produced below, leaves no doubt as to its nature or the purpose which has produced it ; it is evident that it is by this orifice that our parasite, finding itself in contact with the fish on which it lives, obtains from it its nourishment. As to the inferior aperture, it seems to us to be destined, by establishing a current, to facilitate the evacuation of the excre- mentitious matters which might accumulate im this retreat, and to renew the water, which, in consequence of the secretions, might be altered and no longer fit for respiration. The small apertures pierced in the upper wall are probably intended to correspond with the perforation produced at the apex of the cone formed by the accumulation of the scales, and, by admitting the external water, to facilitate also either the ex- pulsion and dissemination of the embryos, or the access of the male, which, concluding from the analogy of what is known to us, must possess means of locomotion which have been denied to his female. Lastly, as regards the retreat in which this parasite shelters itself, we shall content ourselves with the following supposi- tions :— M. Hesse on a new Parasitie Crustacean. 79 We suppose that the embryo, at its escape from the egg, being still of extreme minuteness, penetrates by the base of the scale, and introduces itself between the two laminz which form its two faces ; that it raises and separates them slowly in such a manner as to double them, and that by its successive efforts it not only succeeds in creating a space in which it finds a lodging, but acts in such a fashion as to exert upon the scale an abortive influence which, by distorting its structure, modifies its form *. In fact, if we examine the first invasions of this parasite, we find that at first they are confined to a mere long, vertical, ampulli- form canal, which afterwards becomes dilated at its base until it presents a capacity of nearly the same dimensions in all direc- tions. The scales which present these proportions are usually not more than two or three in number; it appears that they suffice for the shelter of all the parasites which have to seek a refuge in them; we perceive only, generally in the same line, some small tubular conduits, of the same kind as those of which we have just spoken, which appear to be so many covered ways leading to these principal retreats. Lastly, it appears that these parasites have also a tolerably powerful active force, since they are not only able to make themselves a way between the lamine of scales, which must present to them a certain resistance, but even perforate them at several points with facility ; and the holes which they make are as if pierced by a punch and rounded with a borer. The vitality of this Crustacean is very great: we have kept it more than a fortnight without giving it any nourishment, and we have found that the strongest pressure did not prevent it from agitating the palpi of its mouth with extreme vivacity for a long time. § 3. Systematization. From what we have just said as to the mode of life of this parasite, it will be understood at once that, being sheltered from all contact, and completely protected from external dangers by the safe asylum furnished by its host, it does not require for its protection a solid carapace (accordingly that which covers it is a mere parchment-like envelope) ; that, having neither to defend itself nor to attack, it has no necessity for either offensive or defensive arms; lastly, that being reduced to a state of almost * This deformation caused by parasitism need not surprise us, when we consider those produced by Cynips, to the mode of life of which that of our parasite presents some singular resemblances. These ways of com- munication, these roads constructed by the parasite, recall the subepidermic furrows and galleries which are formed by Sarcoptes scabiei for a similar purpose. 80 M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. complete immobility, its useless locomotive appendages have become almost null or rudimentary; but, as it must provide itself with nourishment, it has, on the contrary, been completely furnished with everything that could be necessary to it for this purpose. We remark, in fact, that round the buccal orifice, which, from its proboscidiform structure, may furnish it with the means of absorbing liquids, there exists an auxiliary series of mandibles, arranged circularly and fitted, in case of necessity, to triturate solid objects, and that this organ is not only accom- panied by palpi, but also by prehensile feet destined to aid them. Thus, therefore, notwithstanding its apparent nakedness, it is not the less true that it has been very completely provided for its needs. And thus we have arrived at the most arduous portion of our work, which consists in finding the place in classification which must be assigned to our parasite. It may be seen, indeed, from the description that we have given of it, that the characters upon which we depend are not very strongly marked; we may add that they were still more difficult to ascertain, in consequence, as already stated, of the opacity of the body of this Crustacean, which is comparatively very thick, and of its cylindrical form, which renders it very unstable on the slide, where it does nothing but roll about ; hence, notwithstanding the long practice we have had with the microscope and the compressorium, we are not quite sure of having triumphed over these obstacles. Nevertheless, having operated upon a great number of individuals, and repeatedly verified our observations, we hope that in case we should have committed some errors, these will not be of much importance. At the first glance, seeing the simplicity of structure of the parasite, we asked ourselves whether we really had to do with a Crustacean. Subsequently, after having attentively examined it, we perceived that it could only belong to this category, and, this being the case, that, from the primitive state of its organs, it must be referred to the lowest rank in the classification of these Articulata, and placed among the Lerneocerea. This opinion once admitted, we had to seek for the characters which might justify this view; and the following are those which seem to us to do so. When we compared it, for example, with Lernea branchialis, we were struck at once by the resemblance which exists between their buccal systems: this part in each is proboscidiform, and composed of a retractile siphon forming a sucker, which shelters itself between the projecting rounded margins protecting the two sides of the aperture of the mouth. We find also that, as in Lernaa, this orifice is surrounded by auxiliary feet, and, lastly M. Hesse on a new Parasitic Crustacean. 81 (and this is a special character of the Lerneida), that there exists all round the body a transparent border, which accompa- nies its outline through all its cireumvolutions. Moreover a circumstance which has no less attracted our at- tention, and which, in our opinion, is most curious, is the resem- blance existing in the mode of life of the two parasites. We know, in fact, that Lernea branchialis, by means of its buecal apparatus, which, as in our parasite, does not appear to furnish any resources for this purpose, and which appears rather destined to draw up liquid materials by suction, succeeds never- theless, in course of time, in perforating the very thick and re- sistant first wall of the branchial arch of fishes, in order to lodge its radiciform frontal system in the space occurring between the two plates of this bony part. Our parasite, by similar actions, also, by separating and raising the two lamine which form the scales of the fish on which it has established itself, succeeds in altering their structure, thus creating for itself a refuge in which it is entirely lodged, and where it lives in peace and sheltered from all dangers. From what has gone before, and notwithstanding the differ- ences existing between the two species which we compare, we do not hesitate to thik that they must belong to the same order; and we form for our parasite a new family, which we characterize as follows :— Family Lernzosiphonostomea. The females fixed upon their victim by means of the scales of the latter, in which they hollow out a residence. Several footjaws placed around the mouth. Head not horned. Ovi- ferous pouch large and flat. Genus LrerosPHitus*, nobis. Body fusiform, divided into ten [eleven] segments, which are very distinct, with the exception of the third and fourth; of these, four [five] are thoracic and six abdominal ; all surrounded by a transparent border. Head small, rounded at the apex, bear- ing above a median eye, and beneath presenting the buccal orifice, which emits, in a proboscidiform process, some denticu- lated jaws adapted for the trituration of objects, and laterally three pairs of prehensile footjaws. Antenne very small, rounded at the end, and terminated by divergent hairs. Abdominal segments retractile, and capable of invagination ; last segments terminated by divergent appendages. Embryo ovulate, furnished with three * This name ought evidently to be Lepidophilus, and the specific name Labri, instead of Labret. 82 Mr. A. S. Packard on the Development pairs of feet. Eggs agglutinated, and forming a broad flat mass. Sp. Leposphilus Labret. Colour varying from yellow to pale red. Length about 10 to 12 millims. Male unknown. Inhabits the Green Wrasse, in the scales of which it hollows out a retreat. XV.— Observations on the Development and Position of the Hy- menoptera, with Notes on the Morphology of Insects. By A. S. Packarp, Junr., M.D.* Tue following notes form an abstract of a more extended memoir upon the changes of the insect after leaving the egg, not touch- ing upon the evolution of the embryo. After the larva has become full-fed, as it is about to enter upon the semipupa state, its body undergoes the following changes :—The thoracic rings and head become more elongated and fuller, so that whereas in the larva the underside of the an- terior and posterior halves of the body are closely appressed to each other, now the two halves begin to recede, and the grub, as it lies in its cell, is but half doubled upon itself. With this im- portant change of posture, the whole body becomes more cylin- drical and rounded. Thus the sides (arthropleure) of the thoracic ring become absorbed, and do not project out from the walls of the body as in the larva; and later still, the corre- sponding area in the abdomen likewise almost wholly dis- appears. The greatest activity, however, is observable about the cephalic portion of the body ; for here the greatest differentiation of parts is to occur. The head of the pupa, already partially formed beneath the prothoracic ring, though as yet very small, by its presence still affects very sensibly the form of this region in the larva, the skin of which still remains unbroken, though very considerably distended. The whole length of the head (tig. I a) and prothorax (fig. 1] 6) together is now equal to the united length of the head and thorax in the larva originally. To effect this, the larval head is greatly extended forwards, and the pro- thorax is three times as long as before, and much narrower, the sides converging towards the base of the head. The two pos- terior thoracic rings are also twice as long as in the larva. On the under (sternal) side the mouth-parts are also elongated ; and * Communicated by the author, from the ‘ Proceedings of the Boston Natural History Society,’ Feb. 7, 1866. and Position of the Hymenoptera. 83 the labium projects a little beyond the head, owing to the in- creased size of the mouth-parts over those of the larva. At this period, the two pairs of wings are very equal in size, the posterior pair but little smaller than the anterior pair, and inserted much higher up the ring nearer the median tergal line of the body; and in the succeeding stage the posterior pair are seen to be scarcely smaller than the anterior pair, and exactly parallel in their insertions, their longitudinal diameter, and their tips. This change in the position of the posterior pair of wings, so important in a morphological point of view, is accompanied by a corresponding change in the proportions of the thorax. The metathorax has become mostly absorbed, so as to resemble more the same part in the pupa; while the mesothorax retains much of its original proportions, though becoming more com- pact and presenting less of the tergal area. During this time the head has also greatly increased, especially in the size of the appendages; the eyes, antennz, and mouth- parts begin to assume the size and shape of those of the pupa. Development here, as in the thorax, begins in the most impor- tant central parts, and proceeds outwards to the periphery. In this stage (fig. 1), when the mouth-parts of the semipupa have become solid enough to enable the larval head to be stripped off without lacerating the extremities of the appendages, the head is seen to be divided into two portions. The basal region or body of the head, which is lodged under the prothorax of the larva, is orbicular when seen from the front; and its sides are continuous with the sides of the thorax, as is also the vertex, which is likewise of a continuous slope with that of the anterior tergal portion of the thorax. Seen from the side, there is no separation as yet between the head and thorax. The outline of the eyes is distinct, but they are not raised above the surface of the head. The antenne, clypeus, and mouth-parts collectively form a second anterior portion separated by a curved line from the epicranium. It is this anterior portion which hes in the larval head in this stage. The great increase of size of the ap- pendages of the semipupa have forced forward the hard crust of the larval head, which suggested to Ratzeburg the idea that the head of the pupa was originally composed of the first two rings (2. e. head and prothorax) of the body of the larva*. The antennze are flattened down upon the surface, resting on each side of the small trapezoidal clypeus, over the front edge of which they again meet, when they are flexed upon themselves, * Ueber Entwicklung der fusslosen Hymenopteren-Larven, &c.” (Nova Acta Natur. Curios. tom. xvi. 1832). Westwood has fully shown the fal- lacy of this idea (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. ii. p. ]21); and our own observations corroborate his statements and conclusions. 84, Mr. A.S. Packard on the Development lying on each side of the labrum with its palpi and the maxille. These appendages do not as yet project much beyond the an- tennz, being short and papilliform, preserving the general form of the same organs in the larve. At this period the elements (sterno-rhabdites, Lacaze-Duthiers) composing the ovipositor he in separate pairs, in two groups, exposed distinctly to view. The ovipositor thus consists of three pairs of slender non-articulated tubercles arising on each side of the mesial line of the body, in juxtaposition. The first two pairs arise from the eighth abdominal ring, and the third pair grow out from the anterior edge of the ninth ring. The ends of the first pair scarcely reach beyond the base of the third pair. With the growth of the semipupa the terminal or tenth ring decreases in size, the tip of the abdomen is gradually incurved towards the base (fig. 2), and the three pairs of rhabdites approach each other so closely that the two outer ones completely ensheath the inner, until a complete distensible tube is formed, which gradually is withdrawn entirely within the body (see fig. 4). The male genital organ is originally composed of three pairs of non- articulated tubercles, all arising from the ninth abdominal ring, being sternal outgrowths, and placed on each side of the mesial line of the body, two being anterior and very unequal in size, and the third pair nearer the base of the abdomen. Thus, in their position, the three pairs of tubercles destined to form the male intromittent organ cannot be said to be strictly homological with the female ovipositor; nor can the external genital organs be considered in any way homologous with the limbs, which are articulated outgrowths budding out between the sternal and pleural pieces of the arthromere*. This view will apply to the genital armature of all insects, so far as I have been able to ob- serve. Itis so in the larva of Agrion, which completely repeats the structure of the ovipositor of Bombus in its essential features detailed above. Thus in Agrion the ovipositor consists of a pair of closely appressed ensiform processes which come out from under the posterior edge of the eighth abdominal ring, and are embraced between two pairs of thin lamelliform pieces of similar form and structure, arising from the sternite of the ninth ring. These sternal outgrowths do not homologize with the long, fili- form, antenna-like, joimted appendages of the tenth ring, as seen in the Perlide and most Neuroptera and Orthoptera, which, * This term is proposed as better defining the ideal ring or primary zoological element of an articulate animal than the terms somite or zodnite, which seem too vague; so also the term arthroderm for the outer crust or body-walls of Articulates, and arthropleura for the pleural or limb-bearing region of the body, being that portion of the arthromere comprised between the tergite and sternite. and Position of the Hymenoptera. 85 arising as they do from the arthropleural or limb-bearing region of the body, z. e. between the sternum and episternum (or lower pleurite), are strictly homologous with the abdominal legs of the Myriapoda and the “false legs” of caterpillars; so that in these genito-sensory appendages we perceive faint traces of the idea of antero-posterior symmetry first observed in Vertebrates by Oken, and more recently by Professor Wyman and Dr. B. G. Wilder, involving a repetition of homologous appendages at the two opposite poles of the body. The broad leaf-like appendage to the tenth ring in Agrion seems homologous, both in function and structure, with the respiratory lamelle of the swimming abdominal limbs of the lower decapodous Crustacea and the Tetradecapods, which perform the function of gills. During this stage, the basal ring of the abdomen of Bombus (fig. 2 c) is plainly seen to be transferred from the abdomen to the thorax, with which it is intimately united in the Hymeno- ptera. This we deem the most essential zoological character separating the Hymenoptera from all other insects. This transfer of an entire arthromere from one region to that next in front, involving the remodelling of the entire form of the insect, though not uncommon in the Crustacea, is, in the class of Insects, pe- culiar to the higher families of the Hymenoptera, as in the lowest (the Tenthredinidz) the transition is but partial, corre- sponding to the Lepidoptera in this respect. It is an instance of the principle of cephalization advanced by Professor Dana, so fully illustrated in the Crustacea, where in some groups changes occur in the primitive number of arthromeres, proved by the inconstant number of rings (arthromeres) forming the abdomen and cephalothorax respectively. This transfer of the zoological elements from the posterior end of an animal towards the head, involving in this act the entire reconstruction of the animal form, lies at the basis of all sound classification, and is a principle which must be followed by every student dealing with the clas- sification of the larger divisions of the animal kingdom. So intimately united with the thorax is this elemental ring, that, from its sculpturing, its coloration, and, in fine, its close mimicry of the normal thoracic segments, our best observers have united in calling it the metathorax, and homologizing it with that ring in the lower insects. Latreille and Audouin considered it as the basal ring of the abdomen, as did Newman, who termed it the propodeum. But our best hymenopterists of thirty years’ standing consider it to be the metathorax, with the exception of Baron Osten Sacken, in his articles on the Cynipide*. During the autumn of 1863, when the observa- * Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, vols. ii., iii. 86 Mr. A.S. Packard on the Development tions here recorded were made, our attention was drawn* to this part. At this period the thorax is one-third smaller than in the pupa. The position of the three thoracic spiracles can be easily discerned. On the two posterior rings of the thorax they are seen situated in their respective “ peritremes ” (Audouin), which pieces lie at the base and just under the insertion of the wings, on the posterior half of the ring, while on the prothorax the peritreme lies contiguous to and partially under the posterior edge of the vascular tubercle, which in position is exactly homo- logous to that of the wings. It is thus demonstrated that the wings grow forth, first as vascular sacs, through the arthroderm, just above the line of spiracles, and at the line of juncture of the lower edge of the tergite and upper edge of the upper pleurite or epimerum; while, on the other hand, the limbs grow out through the line of juncture of the sternite and the lower pleurite or episternum. In what may be termed the third stage (fig. 3), though the distinction is a very arbitrary one, the change is accompanied by a moulting of the skin, and a great advance has been made towards the pupa form (fig. 4). There are seen to be two distinct regions to the body—the anterior, consisting of the head and thorax, which are placed close together, and the abdomen, which is separated from the rest of the body by a deep constriction. We cannot fail to be at least reminded of the biregional Crustacean—an analogy which Oken has called attention to, and which has been successfully used by that author in comparing the pupe of Insects with Crustacea. At this period the mode of sloughing of the larval skin is well shown. Instead of the violent rupture of the skin at one point on the tergum of the thorax, as in the majority of insects, ac- companied with the great exhaustion consequent on the act, which makes the operation a perilous one to most Insects and Crustacea, in this species (and most probably all the Hymeno- ptera which at this stage have a soft tegument) the skin breaks away gradually, in shreds, from the tension due to the unequal growth of the different parts of the body. Thus, after the skin beneath has fully formed, shreds of the former skin remain about the mouth-parts, the spiracles, and anus. Upon pulling these, the lining of the alimentary tube and trachee can be drawn out, sometimes, in the former case, to the length of several lines. As all these internal systems of vessels are des- tined to change their form in the pupa, it may be laid down as a rule, in the moulting of Insects and Crustacea, that the lining * Proceedings Essex Institute, vol. iv., ‘The Humble Bees of New England and their Parasites,’”’ &c., April 23, 1864, p. 3, note, and Position of the Hymenoptera. 87 of the internal organs, which is simply a continuation of the outer tegument, or arthroderm, is, in the process of moulting, sloughed off with that outer tegument*. Whereas before the head and thorax together were but little more than one-half as large as the abdomen, now they are con- jointly nearly equal in size to the abdomen (fig. 3). The greatest changes have gone on in the two anterior regions of the body, They unitedly tend to assume a spherical form, while the elon- gated abdomen is shortened and very perceptibly altered in form, approaching near that of the pupa, and the whole body is flexed more upon itself. The head is still closely appressed to the prothorax, but much less so than formerly, since the increasing size and different proportions of the prothorax have pushed it away. This act of separation has effected an important change in the position of the head as related to that of the rest of the body. It is now truly vertical. Before, its greater length was more continuous with the longitudinal axis of the body, that is, nearly horizontal, or rather inclined at a slight angle from the longer axis. The horizontal position is normal in the lowest insects, as the Neu- roptera. In the Hymenoptera the longer axis of the head is most completely vertical. The head in its size, and the development of the appendages, including the mouth-parts, now begins to resemble those parts in the pupa. The eyes are larger and more distinct than before; the maxille and antenne, though still very short, are shaped more like those parts in the pupa. In the antenne, the most marked change takes place in the three basal joints, or the “scape,” of which the second joint now becomes the longest and somewhat contracted in the middle and round at the extre- mity ; while the terminal joints are still doubled upon them- selves, and rest folded upon the mouth-parts. The thorax also resembles that of the pupa, though longer ; and the basal ring of the abdomen (propodeum) is still exposed to view when seen from above. At this stage the preescutum of the mesothorax, before very distinct, is no longer seen, as in the pupa it is mostly absorbed and passes out of sight, though in the Tenthredinide it is a large and conspicuous portion of the mesonotum. Most interesting changes have occurred in the hinder part of the thorax. Whereas in the previous stage the mesoscutellum was immersed in the ring to which it belongs, it is now elevated and becomes very prominent ; the thorax posteriorly falls rapidly * It remains yet to be proved whether the biliary tubes, salivary glands, and inner genital glands and cavities form exceptions to this rule. 88 Mr. A. S. Packard on the Development away from it, at an angle of about 60°, and its hinder edge is much thickened and folded down on itself. The metathorax is entirely visible from above. The scutum is now entirely sepa- rated into the two lateral halves, being transversely narrow tri- angular pieces, the bases of which are square and closely adjoin the insertion of the hind wings, while their apices are much produced and extend under the mesoscutellum. The meta- scutellum is now distinctly seen to be a linear transverse piece reaching on each side to the middle of each half of the scutum. The basal ring of the abdomen (propodeum, fig. 3c) is now undergoing the process of being transferred from the abdomen to the thorax. Whereas before it was a segment much narrower than those contiguous, it has now become still smaller, and its tergal portion, instead of being nearly horizontal, is now much inclined downwards posteriorly. The abdomen, though still larger, approaches much nearer the form of the pupal abdomen than before, and the segments are flatter. The second ring has become much contracted, as it is destined to become the “ pedicel” or “ first abdominal seg- ment” of descriptive entomology. There is now a differentiation of the elements of the rmg. ‘Thus the tergites (notum, fig. 3 f) are clearly distinguished from the pleurites (fig. 3, flanks) and urites (Lacaze-Duthiers, fig. 3 d, ventral side). The spiracles are situated on the upper edge of the pleurites, opening out just under the edge of the tergite. As we go back towards the tip of the abdomen, the tergites as well as the urites decrease in width, while the pleural region or pleurites increase in size. It is the pleural portion, however, which is afterwards to become absorbed, by which the dorsal and ventral portions of the abdo- men approximate more intimately and overlap each other, thus making the tip acute, as in the pupa (fig. 4) and especially the perfect bee. During this time the ovipositor, owing to the diminished size, by absorption, of the parts supporting it, has become gradually more and more retracted, while the entire tip of the abdomen is more acute and incurved. The Pupa State. In this stage (fig. 4) the whole body is shorter, and there is a decided transfer of the bulk of the body towards the head. The head has increased in size, the thorax is one-third larger, while the greatly shortened abdomen is a third shorter than in the preceding stage. At this period the longitudinal axis of the body is less curved than before. The mesoscutellum is now placed just in the middle of the body, when before it was situ- ated at the anterior third. This change also carries the wings and Position of the Hymenoptera. 89 far back, to the middle of the body, from their previous situation very near the head and on the anterior third of the body. The hmbs are greatly enlarged; the tarsi of the hind pair now reach near the tip of the abdomen, whereas before they were simply folded upon the thorax, not reaching to or resting upon the abdomen. Great changes have occurred in the appendages of the head. The clypeus, labrum, and mandibles are now exposed to view. The antenne have become straightened and greatly elongated, and a corresponding change has occurred in the maxille and Jabium with its palpi, which now reach to the middle of the abdomen, while the lingua extends as far as the seventh abdo- minal segment. This stage, therefore, is characterized by im- portant modifications in the size and position of the extremities and appendages of the head, thorax, and abdomen. In the thorax the changes are not especially remarkable. The scutel- lum is now in contact with the base of the abdomen, as if the whole thorax had been carried backward, and the entire abdomen brought forwards and upwards, due to the absorption of the mnetathoracic ring and basal ring of the abdomen. Thus each of the three regions of the body is a centre of de- velopment, the gradual perfection of the appendages belonging to each region proceeding from the centre towards the periphery, beginning at the insertion of the limbs to the trunk, and gra- dually perfecting their development towards the extremity. Hence the wings, the tarsi, or terminal joints of the limbs, and the abdominal appendages are the last to be developed and perfected. The anterior part of the thorax is perfected earlier than the posterior, while in the abdomen the development goes on from behind forwards. Prof. Dana has shown that in the Crustacea the cephalothorax and abdomen are each a distinct centre of development, in which progress reaches to a wider or narrower circumference in different species*. Researches on the embryology of the higher Annelids show that the development of worms proceeds from a single centre ty. At this stage, which may be properly called the pupa state, the eyes begin to turn dark, and a few hairs develope themselves upon the upperside of the abdomen ; but the stage is so transi- tory, that in a long series of individuals it is impossible to select a single individual and denominate it a pupa, since there is no * Introduction to the Crustacea of the U. S. Exploring Expedition, vol. 1. p. 22. Tt See S. Lovén, K. Vetenskaps-Acad. Hand]. 1840 (Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1842, part 1). M. Sars, Development of Polynoé cirrata (Wieg- mann’s Avahive 1845, part 1). Milne-Edwards (Ann. Sc. Nat. 1845). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xviii. 7 90 Mr. A.S. Packard on the Development pause in the metamorphosis for a special biological design, such as obtains in the Lepidoptera and the majority of lower Insects, The terms larva, pupa, and imago are therefore not absolute terms. Subimago State. Certain individuals which would upon a casual glance be mis- taken for “pup” differed so much from what we have called pupze above, that they may be said to be analogous to the sub- amago state of Ephemeride. In this state the arthroderm, owing to the rapid deposition of chitine, is denser and harder ; the wings are as large as in the perfect bee, and the joints of the legs are spiny, while the ovipositor has become wholly withdrawn within the walls of the abdomen. In some specimens, remains of a thin pellicle were found upon the extremities ; so that we are neither justified in calling this individual an imago nor, on the other hand, a pupa. The indivi- duals had not left their cells. Their feet had not yet been used for purposes of locomotion, nor their jaws to assist in making their way out of their cells, while the hairs are nearly concolo- rous all over the body, though very faintly shaded with yellowish on the dorsal and lateral portion; so that the species can be distinguished, as some of the specific characters depending on ornamentation are at this time apparent. We have observed facts indicating three moultings of the skin during the so-called pupa state, in distinction from the larval and imago states ; and it is highly probable that there are more. During the larval con- dition it would be safe to say that there are four distinct moult- ings, as there are five distinct sizes of larve. In some of the eges the larval forms can be indistinctly seen through the thin walls, which we would homologize with the skin of the insect after birth; for the fertilized egg must be regarded as the insect in its inception, in a state equivalent to the larval, pupal, or perfect state of the insect. The genus Bombus, therefore, may be considered to undergo a series of at least ten moultings of the skin; and we are inclined to think further observations will tend to increase the number, Lubbock * has described twenty in Ephemera; and five have been noticed in several genera, such as Meloé and others. The sexes of the larve can be easily distinguished, as the genital armature appears through the transparent skin, The specific differences between the larve of the different species of Bombus are of the slightest possible amount, as they only differ in size, the rings of the body being smooth or rough, * Trans. Linn. Soc. yol. xxiv. part 2 (1863). and Position of the Hymenoptera. 91 and in having more or less clearly defined sutures between the pieces composing the head. The eggs of the different species compared presented no appreciable differences. In the pupa state, the two sizes of male, female, and workers can be more readily appreciated than in the imago state, as the insects can be more easily measured and comparisons made. Corresponding cases of dimorphism in other insects will probably be studied to great advantage when the insects are observed at this period of life. Between the two sizes of the 2 in the pupa of Bombus fervidus there was a difference of ‘05 inch, and in the § ‘03 inch. In a number of the worker pupe of Bombus separatus there was a difference of ‘04 inch between the two broods of workers, the more advanced brood being smaller, and not only shorter but also narrower. In this connexion we would present some views relative to a theory of the number of arthromeres composing the head of Insects (Hexapoda), and the number and sequence of their ap- pendages, suggested by studies of the larval forms of Hymeno- ptera, and especially the lower Neuroptera, not omitting insects belonging to other suborders, and some forms of Crustacea. After Savigny had shown that the mouth-parts of Insects and Crustacea were jointed appendages like those attached to the thorax, and therefore repetitions of an ideal jointed limb or ap- pendage, Audouin proved that in the ideal arthromere, of which the bodies of all Articulata are each a congeries arranged in a longitudinal series, the periphery should be distinguished into an upper (tergite, Duthiers), lower (sternite, Duthiers), and pleural part, and that in the thorax the legs were thrust out between the pleurite and sternite, and the wings grew out between the pleu- rite and tergite. The arthropleural region is therefore the hmb-bearing region of the body, and the different parts of the ideal ring are developed in a degree subordinate to the uses of the limbs and wings. Thus in the walkers, such as the Cara- bidee, the pleural and tergal regions are most developed; while in those insects, such as the Dragonflies, which are constantly on the wing, and rarely walk, the pleural region is enormously developed, and the tergites and sternites attain to their mmimum development. The muscles used in flight are greatly increased in size over the atrophied muscles brought into requisition by the act of walking. In the Hymenoptera, however, which are both walkers and fliers, the three portions of the ring are most equally developed. These parts of the arthromere are simplest in the abdomen, and become more differentiated in the thorax, where the nume- rous pieces composing them have been classified and named, mostly by Audouin, M‘Leay, and see aes. Scarcely 92 Mr. A. S. Packard on the Development an attempt has been made to trace these parts im the rings of the head by those who have proposed theories of the number of arthromeres in the head of insects. As we can understand the structure of the thorax better after studying the abdomen, so we can only homologize the different head-pieces after a careful study of the thorax of Insects and the cephalothorax of Crustacea, which thus afford us a standard of comparison. Since the arthropleural is the limb-bearing region in the thorax, it must follow that this region is largely developed in the head, to the bulk of which the sensory and appended diges- tive organs bear so large a proportion; and as all the parts of the head are subordinated in their development. to that of the appendages of which they form the support, it must follow logi- cally that the larger portion of the body of the head is pleural, and that the tergal and, especially, the sternal parts are either very slightly developed or wholly obsolescent. Such we find to be the fact. As to the number of rings composing the head, it is evident that it is correlated with the number of appendages they are to support. Hence, as in the thorax there are three rings bearing three pairs of appendages or legs, it follows that in the head, where there are seven pairs of appendages, there must be seven rings. That there are seven such appendages, among which we would include the eyes, which, if not homolo- gous with the limbs, or, more properly speaking, repetitions of the ideal appendage, are at least their equivalents, in that they are situated on a distinct ring, as are the ocelli, which are exact equivalents or repetitions of the eye, is evident. The larvee of Ephemera and Libellula, in the head of which these parts of the cephalic rings, by reason of the degradational character of the insects, appear in their simplest forms, afford us the best material for study. In the head of the larva of Libellula we have observed that the greatly elongated labium, masking, when at rest, the mandibles, is in reality composed of three sternites, immersed in and surrounded by three pleurites, all bearing appendages, the basal pair being the mandibles, the middle pair maxille, and thirdly, the pair of labial palpi, all of which are placed behind the mouth-opening. Beyond and in front of the mouth are successively placed the sensory organs, the antenne, the pair of eyes, and what we must consider two pairs of ocelli, since the early forms of Ephemera and the early stages of Bombus show the three ocelli resting on three separate pieces, the two posterior pieces (pleurites) forming a pair, while the single ocellus in advance is placed on a trian- gular piece which we regard as two pleurites united on the median line of the body, as the ocellus has a double form, being and Position of the Hymenoptera. 93 broad, transversely ovate, and not round, as if resulting from the fusion of two originally distinct ocelli. The antenne*, by their form and position, naturally succeed the labial palpi. Considering how invariably in the Crustacea the eyes are situated in front of the gnathopods, we feel con- vinced that the same position must be allowed them in the head of insects. This will bring the ocelli most in advance of all the other appendages. The bulk of the head of insects must, then, be formed by the great expansion of the eye-pleurites, which, so to speak, are drawn back like a hood over the basal rings, while the rings bearing the maxilla and labial palpi and the antennary ring are thrust out, telescope-like, through the large swollen eye-ring; as in Decapods, a single ring covers in the aborted ring composing the rest of the cephalothorax, as Edwards and Dana bave shown, and our investigations have taught us. Thus the upper surface of the head is composed of expansions of the pleural pieces of the ideal arthromere, which never developes the sternal nor probably the tergal portions in front of the mouth. Thus each region of the insectean body is characterized by the relative development of the three elements of the arthromere. In the abdomen the upper (tergite) and under (sternite) surfaces are most equally developed, while the pleural line is reduced to aminimum. In the thorax the pleural region is much more developed, either quite as much as or often more than the upper or tergal portion, while the sternite is reduced to a minimum. In the head the pleurites form the main bulk of the region, the sternites are reduced to a minimum, and the tergites are almost entirely aborted, or may perhaps be identified in the centre of the “ occiput,” or what is probably the mandibular (or mandible- bearing) ring, and in the “ clypeus.” In the abdomen the same abolescence of parts strikingly exemplifies what may be called the law of systolic growth, where certain parts of the zoological elements of a body are in the course of development either greatly enlarged over adjoining parts or become wholly obsolete, as stated by Audouin and, St. Hilaire, who ascribed it to the principle of “arrest of deve- lopment,” which is now used by physiologists in a more limited sense. While, as we have shown above, the genital armature of insects is not homologous with the limbs, there are, however, * Repeated observations have taught us that the idea advanced by Zaddach (Untersuchungen tiber die Entwickelung und den Bau der Glie- derthiere) and adopted by Claparéde (Recherches sur l’Hvolution des Araignées), that the antenne of the larvae are not homologous with those of the perfect insects, is untenable. In the larve of all Hymenoptera and numerous families of Lepidoptera and Neuroptera they are identical in position in all stages of development. 94 Mr. A. S. Packard on the Development true jointed appendages attached to the ninth or tenth abdo- minal rings or both, which are often antenniform, and serve as sensorio-genital organs in most Neuroptera and Orthoptera. The abdominal rings are confined, as a rule, to the two lower suborders of Insects, and are homologous with the “ false legs” of the larve of Lepidoptera, the abdominal legs of Myriapoda, and, we believe, with the three pairs of abdominal appendages or spinnerets of the Arachnids. As in the most anterior rings of the head, so in the terminal abdominal rings, there only re- main minute portions of the arthromere, which are tergal pieces, the other two elements of the ring being rarely present, or en- tirely aborted. The two opposite poles of the body are there- fore fashioned according to the same laws, and are morphologi- cally simply repetitions of each other. In conclusion, we consider that twenty rings (arthromeres), as a rule, compose the bodies of insects, of which seven are con- tained in the head, three in the thorax, and ten in the abdomen, and that, as thus grouped, forming three distinct regions, the Insects differ from all other Articulates, standing as a class above the Crustacea and Worms. The Arachnids and Myria- pods, as Mr. Scudder* has shown, agree with the Insects in possessing a distinct head separated from the thorax or “ pseudo- cephalothorax ;” so that the Myriapoda do not form a class by themselves equivalent to the Crustacea, or Worms, or Insects, but, with Leuckart, Agassiz, and Dana, we would prefer to rank them as an order of the class Insectsf. In a former communication { we proposed a classification of Insects into two series of suborders (not, however, agreeing with the Haustellata and Mandibulata of Clairville), of which the lower begins with the Neuroptera,and, through the Orthoptera and Hemiptera, culminate inthe Coleoptera; while the second series ranks higher as a whole, beginning with the Diptera and ending with the Hymenoptera, which thus stand at the head of the Articulata. The Hymenoptera differ from all other insects in having the basal ring of the abdomen thrown forward upon * Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. ix. p. 69, May 1862. + The embryology of Arachnids, as worked out by Claparéde, shows that the larva is strikingly worm-like, distinct rings (“ protozoonites”’) appearing before the biregional Arachnid form is assumed. The embryos of two genera of mites, Demodex and Acarus, are at first hexapodous, as Newport has shown that of Julus, a Myriapod, to be. The close homo- logies of the Arachnids and Myriapods with the Insects (Hexapoda) con- vince us that the three groups, whether we call them orders or classes, are as a whole equivalent to the Crustacea or Worms. t “Synthetic Types of Insects” (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vii. 1863) ; “How to observe and collect Insects’ (Second Annual Report of Main State Survey, 1863). and Position of the Hymenoptera. 95 the thorax; in having the three regions of the body more dis- tinctly marked and more equally developed than in other insects. The mouth-parts are more equally developed, and at the same time more differentiated in structure and function ; there are no abdominal jointed appendages present in the adult form, while the external generative organs are more symmetrically developed and more completely enclosed within the abdomen in the highest families than in any other suborder of Insects. They afford the highest types of Articulates, being more compact, less loosely put together, and thus presenting less of degradational features than any of the other suborders; but the most valuable single character is the transfer of the first abdominal ring forwards to the adjoiming region, which involves an entire remodelling of the body, throwing forwards the prime elements of the organism, by which it becomes more cephalized, and thus the nervous power is rendered more centralized than in all other Articulates. Selecting the Honey-bee as the type, being, in our view, the most perfectly organized of all insects, we find the head larger and the abdomen smaller in proportion than in other insects, accompanied with the most equable and compact development of the parts composing these regions. The brain-ganglia are largest and most developed, according to the studies of ento- motomists. The larve, in their general form, are more unlike the adult insects than in any other suborder of Insects, while the pupz most closely approximate to the imago. They are short, cylindrical, footless, worm-like grubs, which are helpless, and have to be fed by the prevision of the parents. In under- going a more complete metamorphosis than any other insects, in the unusual differentiation of the sex into males and females and sterile females or workers, with a further dimorphism of these three sexual forms and a consequent subdivision of labour among them—in dwelling in large colonies, thus involving new and intricate relations between the individuals of the species and other insects—their wonderful instincts, their living on the sweets and pollen of flowers, and not being carnivorous in their habits as are the Neuroptera and a large proportion of the - Orthoptera, Hemiptera, Coleoptera, and Diptera, and their rela- tion to man as a domestic animal subservient to his wants,— the bees, and Hymenoptera in general, possess a combination of characters which are not found existing im any other suborder of Insects, and which we must believe rank them first and highest in the insect series. Likewise the Hymenoptera are more purely terrestrial insects than all others. The Neuroptera are, as a whole, water-insects : their larvee live in the water, and the perfect insects live near streams and pools. The Orthoptera are more terrestrial. Among 96 Mr. A.S. Packard on the Development the Hemiptera are numerous aquatic species, as there are in all the other suborders except the Hymenoptera, of which only two genera are found swimming, in the adult state, on the surface of pools; and they are the low minute Proctotrupids, Prestwichia natans and Polynema natans, Lubbock. As we have previously shown, the Hymenoptera do not imitate or mimic the forms of other insects, but, on the contrary, their forms are extensively copied, in the Lepidoptera and Diptera especially. There are synthetic types or mimetic forms which bind these suborders into a single series. As the Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Orthoptera, and Neuroptera are bound together by homomorphous or mi- metic forms into a series by themselves, so the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, and Diptera possess their synthetic types linking them together. Another and very accurate method of determining the relative rank of the larger groups in nature is by comparing the degra- dational forms occurring in each group. Among the Neuroptera the lowest wingless forms, such as Lepisma and allies, most strikingly resemble the Myriapods in the great equality in size of the arthromeres composing the body, and the slight dis- tinctions preserved between the three regions into which the body is divided. The largest, most vegetative, monstrous, and bizarre forms of insects are found among the Neuroptera and Orthoptera. Among Hemiptera the parasitic wingless lice, and among Coleoptera the low Meloé and Stylopide, afford instances of a genuine complete parasitism such as obtains more fully among the low Crustacea and worms. While we find the de- eraded types of Inseets belonging to the lower series of sub- orders present elongated, worm-like, myriapodous forms, in ascend- ing to the second and higher series of suborders, the lowest wing- less dipterous Pulex assumes a much compacter, more cephalized form ; while in the wingless Chionea, which wonderfully mimics the higher Arachnids, there is a still greater concentration of the arthromeres. This concentration of the body progresses towards a higher type in the degradational forms of the Lepido- ptera, such as the wingless females of Orgyia, Anisopteryx, and Hybernia. In ascending to the wingless Hymenoptera, such as Pezomachus, Formica, and Mutilla, there is a closer approxima- tion to. the winged normal form of the suborder. While in the lower Insects the loss of wings involves apparently a total change in the form of the body, in the Hymenoptera this change is re- markably less than in any other insects, and the tripartite form of the insectean body is more strongly adhered to. Again, in the degradational winged forms of the Hymenoptera we find the antenne rarely pectinated—a common occurrence im the lower suborders; also the wings of the minute Proctotru- and Position of the Hymenoptera. 97 pide are rarely fissured, and when this occurs they somewhat resemble those of Pterophorus, the lowest Lepidoptera ; and in but a single hymenopterous genus, Anthuphorabia, are the eyes in the male sex replaced by simple ocelli, like those in Lepisma and other degradational forms of the lower Insects. What we know of the geological range of Insects proves that the Hymenoptera were among the last to appear upon the earth’s surface. The researches of Messrs. Hartt and Scudder prove that the earliest known forms of insects found in the Devonian rocks of New Brunswick were gigantic, embryonic, and, in fine, degradational types of Neuropterous and Ortho- pterous insects. The Coleoptera appear in the Mesozoic rocks, where the lower Hymenoptera first appear in limited numbers, including representatives of the Formicidee and lower families, and with them the Lepidoptera and Diptera. We have throughout this article spoken of the Neuroptera as a group equivalent to the Orthoptera or Hemiptera or any other of the suborders of Insects. We-believe thoroughly in the Neuroptera as limited by the early entomologists. The Odonata are the types of the suborder, and the Termitide, Psocide, Phryganeide, Perlidee, Hemerobiid, Sialidee, Panorpide, Libel- lulidz (Odonata), Ephemeride, and Thysanura are closely inter- dependent groups, and circumscribed by the most trenchant characters, which they possess in common, and which separate them from the closely allied Orthoptera, into which, by modern German authors especially, some of their families appear to us to have been nnwarrantably merged. The families of this suborder differ more among themselves than those of other suborders, by reason of the lowness of their type, presenting an unusual number of degradational forms, the connecting links of which have become, we must believe, extinct. The Neuroptera are moreover true synthetic types, combining, as do all decephalized embryonic forms, the structure of several equivalent groups, presenting features which remind us of cha- racters more fully wrought out in higher and more compactly finished groups of Insects. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE FIGURES. Fig. 1. Bombus fervidus. The first stage of the semipupa, concealed by the larval skin. The semipupa head lies under the head (a) and and the prothoracic ring (b,. The basal ring of the abdomen (c), or fourth ring from the head, is unchanged im form. ‘his figure also will suffice to represent the larva, though a little more pro- duced anteriorly than in its natural form. Fig. 2, Bombus fervidus. The second stage of the semipupa. The larval skin entirely sloughed off, the two pairs of wing-pads lying parallel, and very equal in size, like the wings of Neuroptera, 98 Mr. A. 8. Packard on the Hymenoptera. the thoraco-abdominal ring, or propodeum (c), with its oblong spiracle (),- essentially differmg from those on the abdomen. At this point the body contracts; but the head and thorax toge- ther are yet, as still more in the previous stage, much smaller than in the pupa, and there is still a continuous curve from the tip of the abdomen to the head. g, antenna; h, lingua and maxille and palpi; 2, fore legs; j, middle legs; k, mesoscutum ; 1, mesoscutellum; m, metascutellum; 7, spiracle of the propodeum. Fig. 3. Bombus fervidus. The third stage of the semipupa. The head and thorax together now nearly equal in size the abdomen; the propodeum (c) has become entirely transferred to the thorax. The head has become greatly enlarged; the wings are very un- equal, the hinder pair are much smaller, and overlam by the anterior pair; the three terminal pairs of abdominal rings, so large in fig. 2, have been absorbed, and partially enclosed in the cavity of the abdomen; and there has been a further differentia- tion of the ring into the sternite (d), pleurite (e), and tergite (f). a, eye; h, lingua; 0, ovipositor, two outer rhabdites expused to view. The abdominal spiracles in figs. 2 and 3 are repre- sented by a row of dots. In the pupa (fig. 4) they are concealed by the tergites. Dr. H. Burmeister on some Cetaceans. 99 Fiy. 4. Bombus fervidus. The pupa state, where the body has become much shorter, the appendages of the head and thorax greatly differentiated, the external genital organs wholly retracted with- in the cavity of the abdomen, the head freer from the body, and the whole bulk of the head and thorax together, including the appendages, greater than that of the abdomen. c¢, the pro- podeum, nearly concealed in a side view; p, labrum; q, maxilla, with the two-jointed palpi at the extremity; r, tip of the lingua. XVI.—On some Cetaceans. By Hrrmann BuRMEISTER. (From a Letter to Dr. J. E. Gray.) [Plate IX.] Tue Museum has received another new species of Cetacea since my letter; it is a new Orca, which I name O. magellanica, and now send a figure of the skull with a description. The species is nearest to O. capensis, but more slender and different in many respects, as you will find by comparing my figure and description. ‘The animal was found on the shore, near the mouth of the small river called “‘ Arroyo de Cristiano muerto,” in S. lat. 38° 50', and was in a perfect state of preservation ; but, by the negligence of the people who found it, the whole skeleton was lost, with the exception of the skull and two verte- bre (one dorsal, one caudal) which have come into my hands. From your Catalogue I learn that you do not know the skull of the adult Sea-Lion or that of Arctocephalus Falklandicus. We have both in the Museum, these two species being the only ones which are found in the Atlantic, near the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. They were formerly very common on the small islands north of the mouth of the river, named from them “ Islas de los lobos,” lobo marino (sea-wolf) being the Spanish name for a Seal; and not unfrequently they come into the mouth of the river even as far as Buenos Ayres, where I have already twice seen full-grown living specimens of Arctocephalus Falklandicus. Both of these were, I believe, carried to France; but perhaps they died on the voyage. They were kept here for a long time in a large basin of fresh water; and I was one of the daily visitors to these very interesting animals*. We have in the Museum a young half-grown specimen nearly 3 feet in length. From this I have taken the skull, of which I now send you a description and drawings (PI. IX. fig. 1 from above, and fig. 2 from the side, one-half natural size; fig. 3, end of the palatine bones, natural size; and fig. 4, some teeth, seen from the inside, also natural size. The numbers indicate the * T have no doubt it is one of these that is now alive in the Zoological Gardens in the Regent’s Park.—J. E. G. 100 Dr. H. Burmeister on some Cetaceans. position of the teeth—2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th molars). The skull is not very flat, and has no crest; the upper surface is rounded and the orbits very large, with a sharp spine on the anterior, and a horizontal crest on the upper margin. Teeth $I. and °° M.; the two outer incisors in the upper jaw are much more prominent and of a conical form, like the canines; but the other four are smaller than those in the lower jaw; the upper with two points, one before, the other behind, of equal size; the lower with a transverse obtuse margin, somewhat higher than the outer edge. The canines have not attained their full size. Of the six upper molars, the first four descend perpendicularly, the other two are sloping, with the apex back- wards; each of them has a large conical crown, with a small acute tubercle on the anterior margin of the base, and the three last have another more elevated tubercle on the posterior part of the crown. In the lower jaw there are only five molars ; but, as the last in the upper jaw is entirely white, and the others all brown and less developed, it is possible that a sixth molar might subsequently have been developed in the lower jaw. Each of the five lower molars has a small tubercle in front, at the base of the high conical crown; and the three hinder ones have also a more highly developed tubercle on the posterior part of the crown, which becomes higher and larger posteriorly. The pala- tine bones are deeply excavated anteriorly, and flat behind. The hinder margin is retracted forward in the middle, and has on each side an obtuse prominent angle, as shown in my drawing. The occipital condyles are wanting, and therefore only indicated in my figure. On Tursio Eurynome. The skull of the Dolphin in our Museum which I have called Delphinus Euphrosyne, perhaps by a change of the very similar names, is not D. Euphrosyne of the ‘ Voyage Ereb. and Terror,’ pl. 22, but D. Hurynome, ibid. pl.17, now named Tursio Eurynome in your Catalogue, p. 261. The skull agrees exactly with your figure, and cannot belong to a different species. The lower jaw is wanting, and both sides of the upper Jaw want the tops; in the remaining parts there are twenty orifices or sockets for the teeth, wanting the five of the top, with that part of the maxil- lary bones; but as the intermaxillaries are completely preserved, I can hardly be in error as to the portion wanting of the maxil- laries. The skull is very old, and may have been brought by a vessel from the East Indies to Buenos Ayres; but as it is very rare for any one here to take an interest in the preservation of such things, I supposed that it must have been obtained in this country. Dr. H. Burmeister on some Cetaceans. 101 On Delphinus microps. Of this species we have now three skulls in the museum, it being the commonest species on the coast of Brazil south of the equator. I saw many troops of them during my voyage in the sailing vessel which first brought me here. The animal is of the size and colour of your Delphinus Walkeri (fig. 100), and I think it may be the same species, if the skull is not very different. My three skulls are of equal size, 17 Rhenish (=18-15 English) inches in length, and 7 (=74 English) inches in breadth at the widest point on the temporal arch, beneath the fossa temporalis. They have from forty-seven to forty-nine teeth in the upper jaw, and from forty-four to forty-eight in the lower; but the number seems to be variable, as the first and last teeth are very small, and often wanting on one side when present on the other. The upper jaw always has some more teeth behind, and the lower jaw probably some more in front. The form is exactly like your figure (pl. 25), even the deep groove on the right side of the frontal tubercle being the same, and the occi- pital crest very prominent in front, perhaps more so than in your figure. The teeth are six to an inch in the middle of the aw. In its general form the skull is nearly allied to that of Steno attenuatus, which I received last year from a friend on his return _from Europe in a sailing vessel. This vessel took the animal in the middle of the Atlantic, south of the line; and my friend preserved the skull for me, the animal having been eaten by the sailors. The skull is exactly 17 inches long, and agrees pre- cisely with your figure in the ‘ Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,’ 1, 28. : Lastly, I have also received the skull of Delphinus Styx (Voy. Ereb. and Terr. pl. 21) from a sailor, who captured the animal near Madeira. I am also in expectation of an entire well-pre- served skeleton of a Dolphin taken in the river two miles above Buenos Ayres ; but the owner would not give me the bones till to-day. Orca magellanica, n. sp. Pl. IX. fig, 5. This animal is known only by a skull found on the shore of the province of Buenos Ayres, in lat. 38° 50'S., near the mouth of the small Rio del Cristiano muerto. It seems to be very like Orca capensis, but rather more slender, as is proved by the fol- lowing measurements of the skull, compared with the same in Orca gladiator and capensis, as given by Dr. Gray in his ‘ Cata- logue of Seals and Whales, ed. 2. pp. 280 & 284. 102 Dr. H. Burmeister on some Cetaceans. O. gladiator. | O. capensis. |O. magellanica. Length, entire .-...ss..c0e0 33 363 Length of nose ...--+--sse0ee 195 18 Length of teeth-line......... 143 14 Length of lower jaw......... 273 29 Breadth at notch .........00. 103 12 Breadth at orbits ............ 18 21 Breadth of temple...........- 18 20 Breadth at middle of beak 3 10 Breadth of intermaxillaries ae 3 Breadth in front .........+++ 4 3 Breadth in middle ......... 33 4 These measurements show that the beak is longer than in the Cape species, and relatively shorter than in the European spe- cies, but perhaps of the same breadth; the teeth-line is longer than in either of them, and the after part, between the orbits and temples, rather smaller and not so broad. Other differences are presented by the forms of the different bones. The intermaxillaries, which in Orca gladiator are narrowed to the apex, and in O. capensis are enlarged into an ovate figure (as shown by the drawings in the Voy. Ereb. and Terr. pls. 8 & 9), have a more rounded form in O. magellanica, and are broadest at the apex; from that point they go in a straight line to the base of the nose, only becoming rapidly narrower near the notch, where the breadth is only 34 inches (at the anterior extremity 43), and then are extended into the usual elliptical part surrounding the nasal apertures. In consequence of this breadth of the in- termaxillaries in the anterior region, the maxillaries are slender, and narrower than in the other two species. In the form of the occiput Orca magellanica agrees rather with O. capensis than with O. gladiator, being larger and having a somewhat excavated surface, and a sharp crest on the whole circumference above. This crest has in the middle a posteriorly protracted angle, into which enters the high protuberance of the frontal bones behind the nasal apertures ; from the edge of this angle a sharp elevated margin or line descends along the middle of the occiput to the great occipital foramen. The sides of the occiput are sloped more backward, as in O. capensis, and thus form a larger posterior temporal cavity. The tuberosity before and above the. orbits seems to be not so high; but the lower angle of this tuberosity in front of the entrance into the orbit is much sharper and more descendant, and the small notch in the middle of the upper margin of the orbit is somewhat broader ; but the form of the entrance of the orbit is exactly the same as in Orca capensis. The postorbital process also shows some dif- Dr. W. Nylander on new British Lichens. 103 ferences: it has the same figure as in O. capensis, but is some- what thickened only at the lower margin, whilst the upper part, near the suture with the maxillary bone, is deeply excavated, so that the suture is even more elevated than the bones be- neath it. The fossa temporalis resembles that of O. capensis in form, and is much more elongated than in O. gladiator ; it is acute in front and rounded behind. It is 10 inches long, 4 inches broad in the middle; the lower margin is of a sigmoid form, and has a stronger protuberance over the region of the ear than in O. capensis; but the hinder part of the occiput, corresponding with the mastoid process of higher animals, is not so strong as it seems to be in U. capensis, and is somewhat shorter. The tympanic bones are wanting, and the articular cavity for the lower jaw is strongly excavated, with a prominent lower margin. The number of teeth is twelve in each jaw; each of them is situated in a large socket, the first sockets being somewhat smaller than the following ones. In front of the first socket, in the intermaxillary bone, there is a small and not very deep groove, in which there has probably been a small tooth, now wanting. The total number of teeth would then have been thirteen in the upper jaw. Each tooth is of a conical form and somewhat curved, with the apex backward, and the anterior margin more perpendicular than the somewhat inclined posterior margin. The upper half of the crown is whitish, the lower half brown; on the former there is a thin layer of enamel, which is wanting on the lower brown portion. lurateg Lote: Your sincere Friend, May 5, 1866. H. BurMEIstTErR. XVII.—Notule Lichenologice. No. VIII. By the Rev. W. A. Lercuton, B.A., F.L.S. NEW BRITISH LICHENS. Tue following additions to our British Lichens are made by Dr. W. Nylander in the ‘ Flora’ for February 1866, p. 85. 1. Lecidea chlorotiza, Nyl. Thallus cinereo-virescens, tenuis, subleprosus, effusus ; apothecia carneo-flavida, convexiuscula vel convexa (latit. 0'-4—-0°6 mil- lim.), immarginata (solum juvenilia margine obtuso), intus incoloria; spore 8, incolores, oblong vel oblongo-fusi- formes, 1-septatz, longit. 0-009-0:012 millim., crass. 0-002- 104 Dr. W. Nylander on new British Lichens. 0:003 millim. (rarius simul subbacillares et longitudinis usque 0014 millim.) ; paraphyses gracilescentes vel non bene dis- crete; epithecium, hymenium et hypothecium incoloria. Gelatina hymenea iodo cerulescens, deinde mox violacee tincta vel violaceo obscurata. Ad corticem ulmi prope Clifton in Anglia, 1865. (C. Lar- balestier, Esq.) Facie est Lecidee luteole, var. chlorotice, Ach., sed affinitate accedit ad L. globulosam, Fik. 2. Verrucaria antecellens, Nyl. Similis V. epidermidis f. tremule, sed sporis (ovoideo-oblongis, l-septatis) multo majoribus, longit. 0-032-0°035 millim., crassit. 0-009-0:011 millim.; paraphyses graciles vel vix ulle. Ad corticem Ilicis in Anglia (Tilgate Forest, Sussex) legit Larbalestier. Varietas sit V. epidermidis. Apothecia conferta, sat parva. 3. Lecidea dispansa, Nyl. Lecidea expansa, Nyl. in Leight. L. Br. Exs. 186, memorata in ‘Flora’ 1865, p. 355, non omnino eadem est ac Americana corticola L. my iyriocarpoides, Nyl. in litt. ad Tuck; hoe corri- gere liceat ex examine accuratiore. L. myriocarpoides tha- lamium habet dilute lutescens et epithecium luteo-fuscescens ; in dicta Z. expansa thalamium est subincolor, epithecium nigricans; etiam thalli et hypothecu differentize obveniunt. Ob nomen expansa ali ante datum a Chevalier mutandum, proponere liceat ejus loco novum. Dicatur tum nostra ex- pansa posthac Lecidea dispansa. Male. ad hane dispansam relata fuit L. sylvicola, Flot. Krbr. Lich. Sel. 75, cui apothecia vulgo convexa, thalamium (lamina tenui visum) cerulescens, epithecium non obscuratum, hypothecium medio nigricans, gelatina hymenea iodo vinose rubens, spermatia tenuiora, etc.; fa differentize plurimee. On the Cephalodia in Peltidea venosa. By Dr. W. NyLanpEr. (Flora, 1866, p. 116.) Dr. Nylander has at various times in his writings pointed out the existence of cephalodia of divers sorts upon Lichens. On the upperside of the thallus granuliform cephalodia occur in Lecidea paneola, placodioid ones in Placopsis, fruticulose ones in certain Stictei, besides others in Stereocaulon, Usnea, &c. On the lower surface of the thallus peculiar pyrenodine (“ ob formam imitantem apothecia pyrenocarpea obtecta”) cephalodia are present in some Sfzctei and in Nephroma expallidum. Dr. W. Nylander on Lichens. 105 He now makes known those which he has recently discovered on the lower surface of the thallus, and most frequently on the fuscous tomentose nerves of Peltidea venosa. These cephalodia are granular, cartilaginous, glaucous or glauco-cinereous (at length becoming dark or blackish), small (commonly 0°2—0°5 millim. broad), superficial, subglobose or somewhat depressed, not unfrequently clustered. They contain granula gonima, of moderate size and moniliform, in a thin cellular texture. GONIMIA, LEPTOGONIDIA, OR GONIDIMIA. Dr. Nylander (/.c.) suggests that it may be advisable to call the granula gonima by the term “ gonimia,” to distinguish them from true gonidia. Perhaps, also, the gonidia of peculiar type which are observable in Peltidei, Solorine, Nephroma expallidum, and which are of small size and furnished with a thin cellular wall, may deserve a distinct name, which he proposes to be “leptogonidia” or “ gonidimia.” CLADONIA, CLADINA. Dr. Nylander (in Flora, 1866, p. 178) proposes to divide the genus Cladonia thus :— Those species which have a thallus leafy or squamaceo-foliolose at the base, and podetia (with a cortex partially split up and powdery) often more or less furnished with leaflets or scales, and still oftener more or less scyphophorous, he retains in the genus Cladonia. Those species which have a leafless thallus, podetia commonly without scyphi, branched, the branches sharply pointed, a cortex not splitting up, and powdery (although sometimes evanescent, and thus denuding the subarachnoid stratum medullare) , he comprises in a new genus, Cladina. In this he arranges C.rangi- ferina, peltasta, uncialis (et amaurocrea), medusina, candelabrum, gorgonea, Salzmanni, divaricata, leporina, aggregata, retipora, schizopora, and perhaps also papillaria. Cladonia furcata and its allies approach to Cladina, but differ by possessing leaflets. SPERMOGONIA. To show the value of the spermogonia as a distinctive cha- racter, Dr. Nylander states (/. c. p. 181), “Platysma subperlatum, spermogoniis neglectis dignosci fere non potest a Parmelia latissima; Platysma commizxtum vix nisi spermatiis distat a Pla- tysmate Fahlunensi ; Physcia adglutinata similiter distincta a Physcia obscura, quarum (spermatiis non examinatis) ante juncta fuit ut varietas.” Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xviii. 8 106 M. Balbiani on the Reproduction IODINE. Dr. Nylander says (/. c.), “ D. Fries affert me reactionem iodo effectam attulisse tanquam signum Lichenes omnino a Fungis distinguens, etsieam nunquam aliter eo respectu proposui quam sicut adminiculum accedens in certis casibus, ubi dubium re- stitit in formis Lichenaceis infimis a Fungis simillimis distin- guendis.” XVIII.—On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. (Third Note.) By M. Baxsrani*. Havine described in my two previous communications the phe- nomena presented by the viviparous Aphides in their reproduc- tion and development, I now come to the examination of the same facts in the oviparous Aphides, which represent the last generation produced by the preceding individuals towards the close of the year. This autumnal generation consists, as is well known, of males and females, which copulate, when the females lay eggs which pass through the winter and are hatched only in the following spring. The oviparous Aphides are produced under conditions exactly similar to those which governed the development of the vivi- parous forms. Not only does the embryo originate in an ovule differing in no respect from that producing the latter, but all that I have said with regard to the first modifications of the ovum, the formation of the blastoderm and embryos, and the production of the male and female generative elements is per- fectly applicable to them. From this it results that these ani- mals, which, after their birth, will give the most manifest signs of the separation of the sexes, appear during a great part of their embryonic existence lke truly hermaphrodite creatures, which it would be impossible to distinguish from their oviparous [?viviparous] congeners. It is only when their development has become considerably advanced that the first tendency to the separation of the sexes is manifested. How this separation is brought about, is what we shall now proceed to examine. Of all the means at the command of nature for the attainment of this end, the most simple would evidently be to affect with atrophy one of the sexual apparatus, the other continuing its normal development. But this is not what takes place. The male apparatus does not disappear, and is found, after birth, in individuals of both sexes, with characters scarcely differing from * Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ June 25th, 1866, pp. 1390- 1594. See Annals, ser. 3. vol. xviil. pp. 62-69. and Embryogeny of the Aphides. 107 those which it presented in the viviparous Aphides*. All the transformations, therefore, affect only the’ female apparatus, which, according to the sex which the embryo is to possess, retains its primitive character or undergoes such modification as to become a true testis. The changes which this organ undergoes in order to become a well-characterized ovary, such as we meet with in the female when adult, are reduced to a simple growth of all its parts, the form and arrangement of its elements not presenting any fun- damental difference from those which they present in the vivi- parous individuals. We may then recognize in it, in a most evident manner, the mode of grouping of the cells in the ovarian chamber which I have described in the latter. When, on the contrary, the female element of the hermaphro- dite apparatus is destined to become a testis, the small cellular masses surrounded by a proper envelope of which it consists become converted into so many fusiform capsules or follicles containing rounded masses composed of numerous small cells, which are only the developmental elements of the spermatozoids of the male. In the embryo these capsules form at first two groups symmetrically placed in the two halves of the body ; but after birth they become confounded into a single group by their coalescence in the median line. At the period of reproduction these capsules are found to be filled with long filiform spermato- zoids arranged in parallel bundles, as in other insects. I have already stated that the embryonic male organ occurred almost without any modification in individuals of both sexes after birth. It is easy, in fact, to ascertain that this is the case by the existence of the two cellular cords (of a green colour in most species), which are found arranged in the same way as in the viviparous individuals, both in the females and males—that is to say, in the interior of the ovaries in the former, and in that of the testes in the latter. The persistence of this element in animals in which the separation of the sexual functions in different individuals is shown so evidently, does not, at first sight, appear to be capable of explanation except by that familiar tendency of nature to retain a part, even when it is of no use to the organism, and solely to recall a typical or primitive condition. It is, in fact, difficult to interpret otherwise its preservation in the male, where it appears to be supererogatory to the well- * T shall have, on another occasion, to explain my notion of the nature of this male embryonic organ, which must not be confounded with an ordinary testis. I have found its analogue in several other animals, the phenomena of reproduction in which, hitherto enveloped in obscurity, have led to their being classed among the species which are propagated by parthenogenesis. 8* 108 On the Reproduction and Embryogeny of the Aphides. developed testis; but in the female it is otherwise, and we shall see, in speaking of the development of the egg, that its presence in this sex has a much more important signification. The conditions which influence the determination of the sexes in the Aphides are probably of the same kind as those which act in a more general manner to bring on a change in their mode of propagation ; that is to say, they are probably depen- dent upon the phenomena of nutrition in these insects. The following observations support this opinion. At the period when the production of the dicecious genera- tions commences we find that at first females are almost exclu- sively generated, the males being still comparatively rare. But the latter soon become more and more numerous, and at last are even produced in greater abundance than the female indivi- duals. A single hermaphrodite mother may, moreover, contain at the same time embryos of both sexes, succeeding each other without apparent order in the interior of her ovarian sheaths. It is curious to observe the difference of coloration of the male and female embryos of the same species. The latter alone pre- sent a colour which resembles that of their mother: thus, for example, in a species of which the viviparous individuals are brown, the oviparous females are also brown, whilst the males are constantly green*, and vice versd. This difference of colour is due to the oleaginous globules which fill the cells of the fatty body, and is, no doubt, connected with a different chemical composition of the nutritive fluids in the embryos of the two Sexes. After this brief exposition of the embryogenic phenomena connected with the determination of the sexes in the Aphides, it remains for me, in order to traverse the whole reproductive cycle of these animals, to describe in few words what I have been able to observe of the development of the ovum destined to reproduce the viviparous generations with which we commenced this vestigation. Notwithstanding the considerable differences as to its elementary constitution and the conditions of its deve- lopment presented by the voluminous ovum of the oviparous Aphides when compared with the little ovule of the viviparous individuals, there is nevertheless a striking analogy in the phe- nomena of which both are the seat. Although the formation of the embryo does not commence in the former until after it has been fecundated by the male and brought into the world, it nevertheless, whilst still enclosed in the ovary, exhibits pheno- mena which indicate that genetic operations have already begun in its interior. Thus we observe, at the posterior pole of this * At least in the embryonic and larval states; the adult male is aimost always blackish. Mr. H. Seeley on some new Genera of Fossil Birds. 109 ovum, a rounded mass composed of a group of small, pale, and scarcely visible cells, enclosed in a common envelope, which become more and more apparent in proportion as the egg ap- proaches the term of its maturity. At this moment it is impos- sible not to recognize in these elements the analogues of the spermatic cells of which I have described the mode of formation in speaking of the development of the viviparous Aphides. These cells, indeed, present all the characters, even to the green coloration due to numerous small pigment-granules, which I have indicated in the latter ; and we may also recognize in them even the little daughter cells in which the seminal corpuscles will afterwards be developed. These facts evidently indicate that the egg has already, while in the ovary, undergone a first fecundation, with which the male has nothing to do, and the effect of which is limited to the production of the generative elements of the future animal. Now the agents of this fecunda- tion are nothing but the seminal corpuscles developed in the hermaphrodite apparatus of the embryo, and which are trans- mitted by the latter to the adult female. After fecundation by the male, and the deposition of the egg which succeeds this, the embryogenic work, properly so-called, commences. The blastoderm appears in the form of a continuous layer of cells surrounding the whole surface of the egg. This blastoderm opens widely at its posterior part, and the mass of spermatic cells penetrates towards the middle of the vitellus. A wide canal, which extends from the posterior pole to the centre of the egg, marks this passage for some time ; then the orifice of the blastoderm closes, and the walls of the canal are effaced. But, unfortunately, the egg, which, while these phenomena are taking place, has acquired a darker tint at its anterior pole, due to the coloration of the chorion, soon becomes covered from one end to the other by a blackish veil, which conceals from the observer the further phenomena taking place im its interior. XIX.—Note on some new Genera of Fossil Birds in the Wood- wardian Museum. By H. Seeiey, Ksq. TERTIARY BIRDS. Ptenornis. Sternal end of a right coracoid from the Lower Tertiary of Hempstead, Isle of Wight. It has much the size and form seen in the Mute Swan; but the exterior angle is rounded and thickened, as in Bubo. The bone is compressed; the sternal articulation is convex. There is nothing to show whether the 110 Mr. H. Seeley on some new Genera of Fossil Birds. bird was raptorial or natatorial. It bears evidences of having been eaten. Macrornis tanaupus, Seeley. Proximal end of right tibia of a large Struthious bird from Hordwell. It is as large as the Emu, but is further removed from the Emu than the Ostrich, in the struthious direction. Both pairs of sides are subparallel. The patelloid prominence arises from a narrower base than in the great Struthionide, and is produced into a considerable process on the inner side of the leg. There is an inflation at the back of the proximal end. The shaft is compressed, and the fibula-ridge is sharp. The points in which it is unlike known struthious birds are those which characterize some genera of waders and gallinaceous birds. Megalornis, Seeley. Lithornis emuianus, Bowerbank, Ann. Nat. Hist. Cast of original specimen in the British Museum ; and distal end of a right tibia exactly corresponding to it, from the London Clay of Hastchurch, in the Isle of Sheppey. Taking the Ostrich as a type, this bird diverges from the typical Struthionide on the other side of the Emu, yet appears to conform to the Casua- rine allies. The shaft is set on to the extreme back of the trochlear end, and is more robust than in the Emu. Also its posterior side is more rounded, and the inner side more angular. CRETACEOUS BIRDS. Mr. Lucas Barrett, in 1858, discovered bones in the Upper Greensand which he recognized as those of a bird allied to the Natatores. They are described, in Sir C. Lyell’s Supplement to the fifth edition of the ‘ Elements,’ as rather larger than those of a common pigeon. And Prof. Owen, in the second edition of the ‘ Paleontology,’ speaks of a trifid tarsus showing the outer toe-joint much higher up than the other two. Of neither of these are there any examples at Cambridge. But we have col- lected or seen a number of cervical, caudal, and dorsal vertebre, proximal and distal ends of tarsal bones, proximal ends of tibia, proximal and distal ends of femora, humeri, metacarpal bones, &e., which demonstrate the existence of a very distinct genus of birds in the Cambridge Greensand, of which I have named the typical species Pelagornis Barretti. Descriptions of these new genera will appear in the ‘ Cata- logue of Fossil Vertebrata in the Woodwardian Museum.’ Mr. H. Seeley on the Fossils of the Carstone Formation. 111 XX.—On the Fossils of the Carstone Formation. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, In April the ‘ Geological Magazine’ contained a short paper on the phosphatic nodules of Bedfordshire, which I first observed in company with my friend Mr. Knowles, of Emmanuel College, several years ago, when the cuttings for the Bedford Railway were being made. Both before and ever since then I have been gathering material for a memoir on the Carstone and its southern extension, in which this phosphate-bed is found; but I should not have been tempted to refer to the bed yet, had not the paper in the ‘Geological Magazine’ called forth another, from an old friend, which you have inserted in the last Number of your Journal. The author of the former paper asserts that “every organism of this phosphatic bed is evidently extraneous, and probably was derived from the destruction of the Oxford and Kimmeridge Clays and intervening Coral Rag, from which the phosphatic matter must have been obtained, while the Lower Greensand was in process of formation.” To any one who knew the fauna of the bed in question (the Carstone) this would seem remarkable; for, instead of every fossil being extraneous (and I have dozens of genera), I have never obtained one that is extraneous: they all appear to me denizens of the old sea-bed where they abound. The multitudes of Saurians are chiefly Cretaceous species ; and among the shells I seek in vain for fossils from the Oxford or Kimmeridge Clay, or for blocks of Coral Rag. The Gryphea dilatata is perversely wanting ; the Ostrea deltoidea cannot be found ; the Ammonites will not answer to any of their Oolitic names, or show a trace of iron pyrites. And yet when fossils endurable like these, and abundant, are wanting, it is imagined that the fragile and very rare argillaceous casts of shells—no firmer than the clay they rest in—have withstood with impunity ages of buffetting on a gravelly beach. The truth is, the “Sandy nodule bed,” as this bed in the Carstone may be called, reproduces, earlier in time, the conditions of the Cambridge Greensand. There are specimens in it of other rocks in hundreds; but they are old rocks, like those the Carstone was derived from. And if the fossils had been extraneous specimens from a clay, it would have been no more astonishing to have found that the alumina, magnesia, and fluorine in the nodules only make up 4 per cent. together than to have discovered Oxford or Kim- 112 Dr. J. A. Smith on Calamoichthys, meridge Clay, or even Coral Rag, so stored with phosphoric acid that its denudation would furnish nothing but a magnificent crop of nodules of phosphate of lime, like these. The wood which occurs in the bed is like that which occurs in the Gault of the southern counties and Carstone here, and is mineralized with phosphoric acid, and therefore no more requires an appeal to extensive denudation of Purbeck beds to account for it than the occurrence of remains of [guanodon can be held to prove denudation of Wealden beds ; for the chief fame of that beast is from its occurrence in the Shanklin Sands in the Igua- nodon quarry. Like the Cambridge Greensand, the deposit offers many new facts of interest in the distribution of life. Thus Pliosaurus, so characteristic of Oxford Clay, Coral Rag, Kimmeridge Clay (and probably Portland), is now found in the approximate equivalent of the Shanklin Sands. Dinotosaurus, a new genus of the Oxford and Kimmeridge Clays, also abounds here, and thus, like Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, Megalosaurus, &c., helps to con- nect into one great life-system the lower and the upper Secondary Rocks. I am, Gentlemen, Sidney Sussex College, Cambridge. Faithfully yours July 17, 1866. H. SEELEY. XXI.—Deseription of Calamoichthys, a new Genus of Ganoid Fish from Old Calabar, Western Africa. By Joun ALEXANDER Smitn, M.D., F.R.C.P.E.; with Odservations on the Internal Structure, by R. H. Traquair, M.D., Demonstrator of Ana- tomy in the University of Edinburgh*. In the beginning of January 1865, the author received from the Rey. Alexander Robb, Old Calabar, a package of specimens of natural history preserved in spirits. Among these were two small ganoid fish. They were, however, imperfect, having been torn across near the anal region, and their caudal extremities were wanting. The characters of the fish could not, therefore, be completely determined. The author, however, exhibited them at a meeting of the Royal Physical Society, on the 22nd March, 1865, and stated that they were allied to the genus Polypterus ; but from various differences in character, to be afterwards de- tailed, and especially the great relative length of their bodies, and the apparently total absence of ventral fins, he would place them in a new genus, which, from their general aspect and form, * Communicated by Dr. Smith, from the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. anew Genus of Ganoid Fish. 113 he designated Erpetoichthys*, the reptile- or serpent-fish ; and the species, from the locality where it was found, he named E. calabaricus. Since that time the author had received perfect specimens from Old Calabar, and found that the accuracy of his previous conclusions were coufirmed. The fish is got in the freshwater streamlets which run into the main rivers or creeks of the great Calabar River, and in the pools of the marshy lands. It is occasionally sold in the markets, and eaten by some of the natives. Its native name is U-nyang, which the Rev. Mr. Robb explains by suggesting that it may be derived from a verb signifying to struggle or scuffle for the possession of a thing, and he therefore supposes it to mean the struggler, or, using a Scottish word as more appropriate, the “wambler,” the name being probably given to it on account of the apparent struggling, wriggling, or undulating movements of its elongated body as it swims in the water or mud of the river. Summary of characters of the genus Calamoichthys, and its relation to the genus Polypterus :— Genus Calamoichthys.—Head small, depressed above, some-. what oval in shape (rounded and narrow in front, expands late- rally behind orbits, and contracts again at the back part, towards neck). Suboperculum wanting. (No small plates below pre- operculum.) Body much elongated, anguiform (cylindrical for about half its length, then becoming gradually more compressed laterally, and tapering slightly towards its caudal extremity). Caudal extremity short, tapering rapidly. Caudal fin rounded, homocereal ; fin-rays hard. (Scales osseous, rhombic, sculp- tured.) Fins small; pectorals obtusely lobate; fin-rays soft ; dorsal finlets numerous, separate; anal (with fulcrum at base anteriorly) im male large, in female small; fin-rays hard; ven- trals wanting. The last character is rather an important one, as this fish thus appears to be the only living ganoid yet known which has no ventral fins. Van der Hoeven, in his ‘ Handbook of Zoology,’ gives the presence of ventral fins as one of the characters of his great Section III. of the class Pisces, the Ganolepidoti; and older naturalists, as Cuvier, place the Ganoids, for a similar reason, among the Malacopteryw abdominales. The discovery of this fish will therefore necessitate a change in this character of the whole section. * Since this paper was sent to press, the author has learned that a closely corresponding name to Erpetoichthys had been already used in ichthyology ; and accordingly he now changes the designation to Calamoichthys (kddapos and iy@vs), which still bears a relation to the cylindrical shape of the fish. 114 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the Anatomy of Calamoichthys. In the genus Polypterus, on the other hand, the head is rela- tively larger (with apparently little or no lateral expansion and subsequent contraction towards the neck) ; its gently swelling outlines gradually expand and run backwards into those of the body. Suboperculum present; several small plates below pre- operculum. Body relatively much shorter, generally tapering gradually from behind region of pectoral fins, and becoming more compressed laterally towards its caudal extremity. Caudal extremity longer. Scales generally smooth (?). Fins larger ; pectorals, fin-rays osseous; anal apparently alike in size in male and female; ventrals present. The genus Calamoichthys agrees, however, with Polypterus in the general character of its numerous dorsal finlets ; lobate pec- torals, two nasal cirri, a spiracle on each side of the head above, and a large flat branchiostegous ray, or jugular plate, on each side of the mesian line below; and also in the hard, osseous, rhom- boidal-shaped ganoid scales, arranged in rows running obliquely backwards, and in the tapering caudal extremity of the body. The new genus belongs, therefore, to the same family as Po- lypterus, and would accordingly fall to be placed next to it in the family of the Polypterini. Family Polypterini. I. Genus Potyprerus. II. Genus CatamorcatuHys. 1. Species C. calabaricus. (The specimens described measured from 8 to nearly 13 inches in length.) Hab. Old Calabar River, and the Camaroons, West Africa. (A female sent by Mr. G. W. Mylne from the latter locality, and recently received by Dr. Smith, was also exhibited.) On dissecting those specimens of Calamoichthys entrusted to the author by Dr. Smith, the greatest similarity was found to exist between their internal organization and that of Polypterus, the chief differences bemg dependent on the great elongation of the body of the former fish, while the abdominal cavity extends proportionately still further back towards the caudal extremity than is the case even in the genus last mentioned. The vertebre resemble in construction exactly those of Poly- pterus, but are very much increased in number, amounting, in the specimen which was used for the preparation of the skeleton, to 110, the first of which has no body, consisting merely of neura- pophyses, spinous process, and a pair of ribs. These latter form Dr. R. H. Traquair on the Anatomy of Calamoichthys. 115 the first of the series of well-developed upper ribs, which extend, in the horizontal intermuscular septum, as far back as the ninety- eighth vertebra. But ribs of the lower series are very deficient in development i in comparison with those in Polypterus, where the whole series of abdominal vertebre, except the first, is furnished with those appendages, which posteriorly attain a considerable length. In Calamoichthys, on the other hand, those lower ribs are very minute, and no trace of them was found in advance of the sixtieth vertebra. The number of abdominal vertebra, in the specimen alluded to, is 100, of caudal 1U—showing the very great proportional elongation of the abdominal and shortening of the caudal region. The vertebral column projects beyond the last caudal vertebra, as a notochordal continuation or “ urostyle” concealed among the rays of the caudal fin. The bones sup- porting the fins agree in their general conformation with those in Polypterus, there being, however, a less ossified state of the radius, ulna, and carpus, “while the ‘pelvic bones, along with the ventral fue are completely absent. The first dorsal finlet is placed opposite the forty-ninth vertebra. As regards the form and arrangement of the bones of the cranium and face, the most complete correspondence is found with those of Polypterus, a space being found, however, below the preoperculum, which, in various species of Polypterus, is defended by a variable number of bony plates. The suboper- culum is also completely absent. The arrangement of the mucus-canals on the head is similar to that in Pian The arrangement of the muscular system corresponds in the two genera. In Calamoichthys, owing to the great increase of the number of vertebree, the number of transverse segments of the great body-muscle is also much larger. The muscular layer along the belly is very thin. Viscera.—The cesophagus dilates into a flask-shaped stomach, which terminates behind in a cul-de-sac. From the interior part of the stomach, and close behind the entrance of the cesophagus, issues the intestine, which passing first slightly forwards, makes almost immediately a turn on itself, and then proceeds straight back to the anus. A small cecal appendage, with the apex di- rected forwards, is seen i connexion with the intestine shortly after its backward flexure; and a little further down, between this and the anus, a spiral valve of about five turns is developed in the interior. The liver was in none of the specimens exa- mined very voluminous, but much elongated, being continued as a narrow stripe the whole length of the abdominal cavity. The gall-bladder is distinct, and opens into the intestine imme- diately after its flexure, and in front of the caecum. The heart is conformed as in Polypterus, with muscular bulbus 116 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the Anatomy of Calamoichthys. arteriosus, which is furnished internally with numerous valves, of unequal size. The branchial artery gives off first a large lateral branch on each side, which divides into three for the three pos- terior gills; the trunk then bifurcates, giving off a branch for the anterior gill of each side. As in Polypterus, the posterior gill has only one row of leaflets, and the cleft behind it is want- ing. No trace of a ‘‘pseudobranchia” was found, an organ likewise absent in Polypterus. The spleen is very long and slender, lying closely along the great air-bladder. The air- bladders are two in number, opening by a common orifice into the lower aspect of the throat, behind the gill-clefts. That of the left side is small, being only 22 inches in length in a fish of 10 inches; it is closely adherent to the side of the cesophagus and commencement of the stomach. That of the other side measures 8? inches in the same fish, and extends through the whole length of the abdominal cavity, lying closely along the under surface of the vertebral column. Like the rest of the abdominal organs in general, the kidneys are very slender and elongated ; each consists of a number of little lobules, which lie in the concavities on the under surfaces of the vertebral bodies. The excretory duct or ureter lies along the outer border of the organ, and passes straight backwards to unite with the genital duct, and, with its fellow of the opposite side, at the urogenital pore. The ovaries and oviducts corre- spond exactly with Miiller’s description of these organs in Po- lypterus (Trans. Berlin Acad. 1844). Each ovary is in the form of a flattened plate, suspended in front of the posterior part of the kidney by a mesentery, is solid, and consists of a stroma imbedding ova of all sizes, up to 74; inch diameter. The ovi- duct, proceeding forwards from the urogenital pore as a pretty wide tube, crosses beneath the ovarian mesentery, and opens into the peritoneal cavity, on the outer side of the gland, and closely above its lower extremity. The ovaries are not sym- metrical in position, one being in advance of the other, so that also one oviduct is longer. In a female measuring 82 inches the right ovary was 14 inch in length, its anterior extremity being placed 43 inches from the top of the snout, and the length of the oviduct 1% inch, while the left measured 12 inch, was situated at its anterior extremity 53 inches from the tip of the suout, and had a duct of 1,3; inch. The testes are very mi- nute, and situated very far forwards, each being a small oval body ;8; inck in Jength in a male of 10 inches; and in the same specimen the right one was situated 24, and the left 244 inches back from the tip of the snout. A very minute duct runs back- wards parallel with and close to the ureter, which it joins near .the urogenital pore. ° On the Amylaceous Globules of the Floridex and Corallinez. 117 On opening a number of specimens, it was found that all those with a large anal fin were males, while those in which that organ was small were females. The females are, however, to be distinguished from the males by another character, namely the much larger size of the urogenital pore, which is situated imme- diately behind the anus. XXIIL—On the Amylaceous Globules of the Florideze and Coral- linee. By M. van TirGuEm*, Kiurzine first indicated} the existence in the cells of certain Floridee of amyloid grains, sometimes endowed with a con- centric structure; but in assimilating them to the _proto- plasmic globules of the green and olive Algz, in including under the general name of cellular globules or gonidia the whole of the intracellular formations of the Algz, however dissimilar they may be, and in ascribing to them, as is implied. by this name, a reproductive faculty, the illustrious algologist seems to me to have misunderstood their nature and function. M. Nageli, also, in his great work on starch-grains{, hesitates to pronounce an opinion as to the existence of starch in the Floridee. His own observations, indeed, showed him, in Cystoclonium purpu- rascens, Kiitz., some globules to which iodine communicates a coloration varying from ‘red to brown and violet; but he took them for slightly amylaceous parietal grains of protoplasm, and he remained so uncertain upon this point as to declare, in another part of his memoir (p. 382), that starch-grains are wanting in the Floridez, and finally to leave to fears investi- gations the care of deciding whether these Alge do possess starch, and of what kind it is. It is this point that I have undertaken to clear up by a series of observations, of which I have the honour to present the Academy with the first results. For the sake of clearness I shall take as an example Halo- pithys pinastroides, Kutz., which is found in abundance on our coasts. In the cylindrical and much branched frond of this Floridean, the thickened joints of the axis contain only a finely granular liquid ; the joints of the five siphons, on the contrary, and the cortical cells are filled with transparent globules, which are colourless in the interior tissue and of a rosy tint in the peripheral zone, although readily deprived of their colour by alcohol; these are scattered in the liquid which bathes the sections, forming therein white streaks. Their most general * Translated from the Comptes Rendus, Noy. 6, 1865, pp. 804-807. + Phycologia generalis, p. 40. f Pflanzenphysiolozische Untersuchungen : Die Stiirke-Korner, 1858. * e 118 M. van Tieghem on the Amylacecous Globules form is spherical or ovoid ; sometimes they are flattened and dis- coidal or lenticular in form, sometimes irregular. They are formed by a very distinct colourless or rose-coloured membrane, filled with solid greyish contents, most frequently without any eentral space, but sometimes with a cavity im the centre, which it is not unusual to see divided into several compartments. The full globules are of two kinds: some, and by far the greater number, have a circular outline and are simple; their contents, apparently homogeneous, are formed of very delicate concentric zones, and give a very clear black cross in the polarizing ap- paratus; the others, variable in form and aspect, are composite, and show a system of concentric layers and a black cross in each of their compartments, when these are sufficiently large. The very variable dimensions of these globules is in relation to their degree of development: the ordinary diameter of the well-developed grains is from 0:0138—0:015 millimetre; the maximum observed was 0:025 millimetre. Iodine gives them a reddish-yellow colour. This tint persists upon all the globules whatever be the quantity of tincture of iodine employed; but when we renew the liquid which bathes the grains im proportion as it evaporates, replacing it alternately by a drop of tincture of of iodine and a drop of water, at the edges of the covering glass, where the osmotic movements produced by an alternate disic- cation and humectation with liquids of different densities are most active, we see the globules become altered in a remarkable manner at the same time that their colour changes. Sometimes there appears at the centre a small circular space, which enlarges by degrees, the layers becoming dissolved successively from the centre to the periphery, at the same time that the globule enlarges and becomes discoidal; it is reduced at last to a membrane, which becomes more and more delicate, entire or irregularly torn, and as the granule becomes empty its tint passes to pure violet. In other cases the solution commences by a circle of small holes, which increase radially, remaining separated by solid rays; the centre is at the same time hollowed, and the outer membrane, being unable to yield equally to the inflation, becomes undulated; the globule is then of a fine violet, and presents the aspect of a wheel, of which the nave, the spokes, and the undulated felly are of a deep violet, and the intervals of a lighter tint. In the composite globules, formed of compartments arranged in a circle round a central chamber, the contents of each compartment become dissolved by de- grees, the granule swells, becomes of a fine violet colour, and presents the radiated appearance which I have just described, with still more distinctness. This disorganization of the gra- nule with blue coloration may, however, be produced rapidly. of the Floridez and Corallinez. 119 If iodized water be brought into contact with globules placed in alcohol, we see a certain number of the granules situated on the line of meeting of the two liquids suddenly burst, and throw out around them their contents, reduced to the form of very small granules, which become blue, whilst the torn membrane is of a pale violet colour. When heated in water to near 158° Fahr. the globules swell, become partially dissolved, and at the same time acquire a fine violet colour. A drop of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid immedi- ately gives a violet or blue tint to the granules which have been reddened by iodine, but at the same time dissolves them partially, swells them up, and tears them. Potash also dissolves them. Hypochlorite of lime alters them rapidly ; in twenty-four hours there remain of most of the granules only the outermost layers isolated from each other; in thirty-six hours all has disappeared. Acetic acid and ammonia have no action upon them. Thus these globules present all the characters of starch in their form, structure, and optical properties, and in the action exerted upon them by hot water, acids, and alkalies; but they differ from amylaceous grains as these are defined, by their acquiring a red colour with iodine. However, they are easily converted into common starch under the ordinary influences which I have just described, but with the condition that they become disorganized and partially dissolved. This difference, which is not sufficient to warrant the employment of a new name, leads to the supposition that we have to do with a hydro- carbonated principle isomeric with cellnlose and starch, but in- termediate between them by its cohesion. After the details mto which I have entered with regard to Halopithys pinastroides, Kiitz., 1 can only say a few words of the starch-grains of other Floridee; but I must make special mention of the Polysiphonia, because the amylaceous formation in them presents a new character, which, indeed, occurs very frequently elsewhere, but less evidently. In Polysiphonia ni- grescens, Grev., which I shall take as an example, the joints of the axis never contain anything but a finely granular liquid; the flattened cells of the siphons, on the contrary, and the corti- cal cells each contain a coherent mass of spherical globules, which entirely fills them. These globules, the diameter of which is pretty uniformly 0:007 millim., do not scatter themselves in the liquid which bathes the sections, but the entire masses issue in their cells. By applying pressure to them we may succeed in breaking them up into several fragments; but their elements, which have a strong mutual adherence, do not separate; when their margin is carefully examined, they are seen to be surrounded by a continuous membrane, which is rendered yellow by iodine ; 120 On the Amylaceous Globules of the Floridez and Corallinee. a drop of sulphuric acid renders the globules violet, whilst the envelope remains yellow; the prolonged action of the acid dis- solves the granules, and all that remains of the mass is a yellow reticulated membrane, with circular or polygonal meshes, pro- duced by a fold which the membrane sends between the globules of the peripheral layer. A reticulated envelope of the same kind exists also in Halopithys ; but, the elements not having a strong mutual adherence, it is torn under the knife, and is only met with here and there in fragments carried away by the peripheral globules, which are inserted upon it by small pedicels. I have ascertained its presence in most of the species that I have inves- tigated ; it is therefore very frequent, if not universal. The amylaceous formation which is clearly defined by the two preceding examples, recurs with the same characters in the im- mense majority of the Floridez and Corallinez, as is proved by observations which I have already extended to more than thirty species belonging to twenty-five genera. ‘The differences relate to the mode of distribution of the globules in the tissues, and the form-and dimensions of the granules, which I have not as yet found superior to those of Halopithys, and which are sometimes scarcely 0-001 millim. I cannot enter here into the details of these observations; but they explain why certain large species, such as Iridea edulis, Bory, which are very rich in this sort of starch, may furnish a nutritive food to the poor inhabitants of our coasts; and at the same time they demonstrate in most of the Florideze and Corallineze an abundance of amylaceous matter which may be compared with that of the potato or the cereals. In the cellular Cryptogamia, starch in grains rendered blue by iodine accompanies chlorophyll; and its production appears to be correlative with the mode of life, which results from the functions of the green matter; where the latter is wanting no starch is found. The preceding observations acquire a fresh in- terest by showing, in a vast group of cellular plants deprived of chlorophyll and consequently endowed with an_ exclusively comburant respiration, the formation of a principle very nearly related to ordinary starch, but apparently not identical with it. Do these globules fill the vegetative cells at all periods of the year? and what is their part in the mode of life of these plants, of which so little is yet known? These are questions which I shall endeavour to solve as soon as circumstances will permit. M. Decaisne has been kind enough to verify the principal results of this investigation, and I beg him to accept my best thanks for having done so. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 121 XXIII.— Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M.J. Berxevey, M.A., F.L.S., and C. KE. Broome, Esq., P.L.S. pPlates TI; IV. V.] [Continued from p. 56.] 1144. Gleosporium umbrinellum, n.s. Maculis irregularibus angulatis brunneis; sporis pallidis. , ‘tae fallen oak-leaves. Charmy Down, near Batheaston, Oct. 65. Forming minute brown spots; spores binucleate, ‘0004— ‘0006 inch long, supported on long, often forked, sporophores, at length oozing out in the form of a pale irregular tendril. Puate III. fig. 5. Spores supported on their sporophores; and separate, more highly magnified. 1145. Sporidesmium opacum, Cd. Fase. i. f. 115. On stumps of wych elm, near St. Catharines, March 31, 1865. C. E. Broome. When young, forming small, round, cinereous tufts, sparingly scattered over the wood. This has been received from Mr. Bloxam under the name of S. fasciculatum; but it does not agree with Corda’s character, ‘sors effusis.” PuaTE III. fig. 6. Spores and sporophores, magnified. 1146. S. lobatum, n.s. Stipite articulato, deorsum hyalino, sursum in articulos subquaternos subglobosos divisum. On fir sticks. Lucknam, April 12, 1865. Forming minute, black, pulvinate tufts. At first simple and strongly swollen above. The upper articulation then divides, and ultimately gives off the spores, which are ‘0006 inch long. The whole plant is about ‘001 high. Puate III. fig. 7. Spores in various stages, magnified. 1147. Puccinia Apii, Cd. Fase. vi. tab. 1. fig. 11. On celery, about London, Sept. 1865, destroying the crops. Plants sent down to Cambridgeshire were equally affected. For further notice see Journ. Hort. Soc, n.s. vol. i. 1866. 1148. Thecaphora hyalina, Fingerh. in Linn. x. p. 230 (Uredo Seminis Convolvuli, Desm. no. 274). In the capsules of Convolvulus Soldanella. King’s Lynn, J. Lowe, Esq. * Stilbum fasciculatum, B. & Br. no. 492. This is clearly what is figured by Tulasne as a state of his Sporostilbe gracilipes, Carp. iii. tab. 14. figs. 14-19. 1149. Rhinotrichum repens, Preuss in St. Deutsch. Fl. 25 & 26, no. 22. On fallen trunks of trees. Leigh Wood, Oct. 1865. F'ine- shade, Norths., May 31, 1866. On very rotten oak-branches. Ann. § Mag. N. Hist, Ser.3, Vol. xvii. 9 122 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Probably extremely common ; but, as it looks like a mere bloom, it may easily escape notice. 1150. Psilonia discoidea, n.s. Pallide cervina, dein fusca, disco prolifero ; sporis oblongis, margine discreto roseo-alutaceo. On very rotten rails. Langley, Wilts, Jan.—Feb. 1866, C. E. Broome. Whole plant 1-2 lines across, variously shaped, orbicular, elongated, flexuous, &c. In the early stage the disk is quite covered by the shaggy coat, which afterwards folds back or cracks, and leaves the stratum of spores naked, precisely as in Myrothecium. Spores oblong or, seen laterally, subcymbiform, "00035 inch long. Our plant, however, wants the gelatinous element of that genus, and is nearer to Psilonia than any pub- lished genus. Pua III. fig. 8. a. plants in various stages, one of them proliferous, slightly magnified; 5. portion from edge of a plant, showi ying the spores on their sporophores; ce. spores highly magnified. 1151. Morchella crassipes, Pers. Syn. p. 621. On red soil, April 1866, Miss L. E. Lott, at King’s Kerswell, near Newton Abbot, Devonshire. This magnificent ‘fungus attains a height of 9 inches or more, and is remarkable for its grooved stem. It is of a soft, brittle substance, and does not dry well like the common morel. It is, however, sold in the market at Prague for present use, where it occurs in autumn as well as spring. It is well figured in Krombholz’s large work, at plate 16. fig. 1. 1152. Helvella sulcata, Afzelius in Vet. Ac. Handl. 1783, p. 805. On the ground. Bowood, C. E. Broome, Oct. 20, 1863. A small but very neat variety. Spores very broadly elliptic, with a single large globose nucleus, ‘O006—-0007 long. 1153. Peziza (Helvelloidez) phlebophora, n.s. Cupulis po- culiformibus, obliquis, substipitatis, subtiliter pulverulentis, basi venoso-costatis. On clay banks. King’s Cliffe, M.J. Berkeley. Brislington, C. E. Broome. Cup 4-15 inch across, often rather oblique, yellow or brown- ish, springing from a very short stem-like base, from which branched ribs are given off, ending in little pits. Sporidia ‘0004 inch long, while those of P. leporina are ‘0006 with curved paraphyses, and those of P. onotica ‘0005. Hymenium often venose. Figures are added of the fruit of these species. PuaTE III. fig. 9. a. P. phlebophora, nat. size; 6. ascus, magnified ; c. sporidia, highly magnified. Fig. 10. Sporidia of P. onotica, highly magnified. Fig. 1l. a. curved paraphysis of P. leporina, magnified; 5. sporidia, highly magnified. Rey: M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 128 1154. P. (Helvelloidese) bufonia, P. Myce. Eur. vol. i. p. 225. On heaps of rubbish by the side of the road. Grantham, Mr. W. Summerby. Resembling P. vesiculosa, but distinguished by the brown hymenium and verrucose cup. Sporidia ‘00075-0008 inch long; in P. vesiculosa -0009. _ Puate III. fig. 12. Sporidium, highly magnified. *P, (Humaria) rutilans, Fr. Ep. p. 68 (P. leucoloma, St. Deutsch. Fl. 32. tab. 17). It is almost impossible to make out the red Pezizas of the tribe Humaria without specimens, as by far the best characters are derived from the fruit. We have now authentic specimens of this plant before us, and find that our Peziza humosa is this species. The sporidia, when perfectly developed, are strongly echinulate, with one or more (rarely two) nuclei, and.:001 inch long. Puate III. fig. 13. a. aseus with paraphysis, magnified; 5, sporidia, highly magnitied. 1155. P. (Humaria) aggregata, nu. s. “Gregaria, confluens, obconica, aurantia, basi albo-tomentosa; hymenio concavo; sporidiis fusiformibus. On heathy ground. Bewick, Dr. Johnson. The peculiar crowded habit and fusiform sporidia, 0008 inch long by -0008 wide, easily distinguish this species. 1156. P. (Humaria) subhirsuta, Schum. Sel. p. 433. On the ground. Batheaston, C. EK. Broome. Asci linear; sporidia smooth, elliptic, enucleate, ‘0006 inch long; paraphyses slightly clavate. Puate III. fig. 14. a@. ascus with paraphysis, magnified; 0. sporidia, more highly magnified. *P,(Humaria) humosa, Fr. Kp. p. 71. This in turn is what is called P. Polytricht under no. 768. Sporidia variable in size, ‘0006--001 inch long, by ‘0003-0005 broad; paraphyses forked. P. Polytrichi will still remain for the Scotch plant. Subjoined are sketches of the fruit of P. lewcoloma, of which, it may be observed, some specimens belong to Ascobolus Crouant, Cooke, and of P. fibrillosa, Curr., found at Hanham, which resembles externally P. humosa. Prate III. fig. 15. a@. ascus with paraphyses, magnified; 9. sporidia, more highly magnified. The plant from which the dissections were taken was gathered at Hanham. ‘ Fig. 16. a. ascus and paraphyses of P. leucoloma, magnified ; 6. spori- dia, more highly magnified, ‘0006-0008 inch long, ‘0004 wide; c. end view of ditto. Fig.17. a. ascus and paraphyses of P.fibrillosa, Curr., magnified ; 0. spo- ridia, more highly magnified, 0006-0007 inch long, *0003 os 124 Rev. M.J. Berkeley avd Mr. C. EH. Broome on British Fungi. 1157. P. (Humaria) brunneo-atra, Desm. no. 826. On the ground. Leigh Wood, C. E. Broome. Asei linear ; ; sporidia “ninutely echinulate, -0007—-0009 inch long. In Desmaziére’s authentic specimen, ‘0006-00075. Puate IV. fig. 18. a. ascus, magnified; 0. sporidia, more highly magnified. 1158. P. (Humaria) salmonicolor, n. s. Parva, gregaria ; cupulis subhemisphericis hymenioque salmonicoloribus ; ascis oblongis; sporidiis biserialibus, ellipticis, enucleatis. On the side of a ditch. Woodnewton, Oct. 1858. Sporidia ‘0008 inch long, sometimes ‘0005 broad. Nearly allied to P. hemastigma. Puate IV. fig. 19. a. ascus and paraphyses, magnified; 0. sporidia, more highly magnified. 1159. P. (Humaria) hemastigma, Fr. Syst. Mye. ii. p. 74; Sturm, Deutschl. Fl. 33. tab. 11. On the walls of a cottage. Pen y Gwryd, North Wales, Sept. 1862, C. E. Broome. Asci short, oblong, subclavate ; sporidia biseriate, 0006 inch long by 0009, or nearly globose. Puate IV. fig. 20. a. ascus, magnified; 3. sporidia, more highly mag- nified. 1160. P. (Enceelium) fravinicola, n. Sparsa vel stipata, cupulis extus pallide cervinis fanuaenis, intus fuscis ; ; hymenio leviter depresso; sporidiis uniseriatis. On ash-twigs. Northamptonshire. Cups at first closed, then opening with an irregular aperture, at length orbicular, slightly depressed, pale fawn-colour and furfuraceous externally, umber-brown within ; hymenium slightly depressed ; asci elongated clavate; sporidia uniseriate, elliptic, ‘00045 inch long. PLATE IV. fig. 21. a. ascus, magnified; 0. sporidia, more highly mag- nified. *P. (Sarcoseyphe) pygmea, Fr. Syst. 11. p. 79. On bits of dead stick, apparently gorse. Ascot, Rev. G. Sawyer, 1863. In moss and turfy mould, on Blackdown Hills, near Taunton, March 1866. Wimbledon, May 1866. About + inch high when full-grown, stipitate, the stem branching out or dividing into several heads, which form cups resembling the genus Ditiola or Tympanis; when young and unbranched, resembling Solenia. The cups are often proliferous, producing smaller cups on their surface, of a bright apricot-co- lour, but whitish towards the margin. A figure of the proliferous state will appear in the forthcoming number of the Linnzan Rev, M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 125 Transactions. Sporidia uniseriate, linear-oblong, ‘0005--0006 inch long. ae IV. fig. 22. a. asci, magnified; b. sporidia, more highly mag- nined. *P, (Sarcoscyphe) radiculata, Sow. t. 114. Fine specimens of this rare species have been found this year by Mr. Jerdon near Jedburgh, in a fir-wood. Sporidia ‘0005 inch long, rather broad, binucleate. Puate IV. fig. 23. Sporidia, highly magnified. Fig. 24. a. ascus of the same species in Rabenhorst, specimen no. 618; b. sporidia of ditto (‘0007 inch long), more highly magnified. 1161. P. (Sarcoscyphe) lanuginosa, Bull. tab. 396. fig. 2. Var. Sumnert cupula demum radiato-fissa, margine junioris an- guste nudo. Under cedars. Fetcham Park, Mrs. Holme Sumner. Chis- wick House, Mr. Edmonds, Jan—May. Under a larch, Wilson Saunders, Esq. At first entirely buried, then forcing its way through ihe soil, and splitting into several lobes, like a Geaster, which it much resembles from its thick substance. The outer coat is densely clothed with flexuous hairs, very different from those of Peziza hemispherica. The sporidia, moreover, are shortly and bluntly fusiform. A large and magnificent species, acquiring frequently a dia- meter of 2 inches, and combining in some measure the characters of P. sepulta and P. hemispherica, from both of which it differs materially in the subfusiform fruit. It has also a very close affinity to Tulasne’s genus Hydrocystis. It has been observed for many years at Fetcham, but has not hitherto been recorded as British. Bulliard’s plant is considered by Fries a variety of P. hemispherica, but it is really very different. In plants which are just open a delicate veil is often found stretched over the orifice. A figure and analysis of this fine fungus will appear in the forthcoming number of the Linnean Transactions. Puare IV. fig. 25. a. hairs from outer surface, magnified ; 3. ascus with paraphyses, ditto; ce. sporidia, highly magnified. 1162. P. (Sarcoscyphe) Geaster, n. s. Brunnea, cupula sub- globosa, floccosa, demum radiato-fissa. On the ground. Wentworth, Oct.9, 1858, Mr. J. Henderson. About an inch across; hairs flexuous, branched, articulated, often giving out little curved hyaline processes with a few straight bristles intermixed. Hymenium brown like the rest of the plant. Paraphyses clavate; sporidia elliptic, with the ends very slightly attenuated, ‘0009 inch long. The sporidia of P. sepulta, a much coarser species, are of the same length. 126 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. K. Broome on British Fungi. This is closely related to the last, but very distinct. Puate IV. fig. 26. a. hairs, magnified; 6. sporidia, highly magnified. Fig. 27. Sporidia of P. sepulta, highly magnified. 1163. P. (Sarcoseyphe) umbrosa, Fr. Syst. 1. p. 85. On the ground. Bewick, Dr. Johnston. Sporidia ‘0008 inch long, ‘0007 inch wide. Puate IV. fig. 28. a. hair, magnified; 6, ascus with paraphyses, ditto ; ¢. tips of paraphyses, more highly magnified ; d. sporidia, ditto. *P, (Sarcoscyphe) vifellina, Pers. Myc. Eur, 1. p. 257. On the ground. Wareham, C. E. Broome. Sporidia 0009 inch long by 0005. Puate IV. fig. 29. a. ascus with paraphysis, magnified; 5. sporidia, more highly magnified. 1164. P. (Dasyscyphe) calyculeformis, Schum. Sel. p. 425. On dead wood. ‘Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam, May 10, 1859. 1165. P. (Dasyscyphee) Acuum, Fr. Syst. 11. 95. On leaves of spruce fir. Mossburnford, A. Jerdon, Esq. 1166. P. (Fibrina) leptospora, n.s. Cupulis primum hemi- sphericis, dein applanatis, extus e floccis sparsis nigris minutis- simis appressis luridis, intus albidis ; sporidiis filiformibus. On decayed wood. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. About half a line across; at first perfectly globose, often col- lapsed in the centre, but gradually opening and exposing the soft, pallid, sometimes straw-coloured hymenium. Asci oblong; sporidia very long and slender, filiform, flexuous, with a row of globular nuclei, at length repeatedly septate. Puate IV. fig. 30. a. ascus, magnified; 6. sporidia, highly magnified. 1167. P. (Calycine) inberbis, Bull. t. 467. f. 2. On willow. Mossburnford, A. Jerdon, Esq. Sporidia linear, slightly curved, about ‘0004 inch long. 1168. P. (Mollisia) erythrostigma, nu. s. Minima, stipitata, punctiformis, pallide rubra; hymenio demum convexo; ascis clavatis ; sporidiis uniseriatis, ellipticis vel subglobosis. Parasitic on Spheria pheostroma. C.K. Broome. The stem is mostly curved, distinctly cellular. Asci clavate ; spores minute, subglobose. Very minute, but a pretty object under the microscope. Puate IV. fig. 31. a. plant, magnified; 4. asci with sporidia, highly magnified. 1169. P. (Mollisia) peristomialis, n. s. Minuta, cylindrica, pallida, ore dentibus longis triangularibus cellulosis albis or- nato, disco planiusculo; ascis lanceolatis; sporidus biserialibus, fusiformibus, multinucleatis. On holly. Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 127 A most exquisite object under a moderate magnifier, resem- bling some Actinia in miniature. Sporidia ‘001 inch long. Puate V. fig. 32. a. group, magnified; 5. ascus, magn. ; c. sporidia, highly magnified. 1170. P. (Mollisia) vburnicola, n.s. Subglobosa, dein hemi- spherica, cinerea, extus granulata; margine denticulato, furfu- raceo ; hymenio pallidiore. On either side of dead leaves of Viburnum. Received from England by A. Jerdon, Esq. Minute, punctiform, externally speckled with little dark tufts of cells, which sometimes give out a few short flexuous hairs. Asci clavate; sporicia lanceolate, ‘0004—:0005 inch long. 1171. P. (Mollisia) nerviseguia, Desm. no. 2012. On leaves of Plantago lanceolata. St. Catharines, near Bath- easton, Feb. 1852, C. E. Broome. Sporidia ‘0004 inch long. 1172. Stictis lecanora, Schm. & Kze. no. 174. On dead willow-twigs. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. 1173. P. (Patellea) Resine, Fr. Syst. vol. i. p. 149. On resin. Sparingly near Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. This appears to be a true Peziza from its mode of rooting into the bark. 1174. Helotiwm pruinosum, Jerd.in litt. Minutum, candidum, sessile vel brevissime stipitatum totum albo pruinosum; disco pallide carneo ; sporidiis elongato-cymbiformibus, 3—4-nucleatis. On Hypoxylon fuscum and stigma. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. The hymenium, which has sometimes a slight blush tinge, is pruinose as well as the outer surface. Sporidia ‘0006 inch long. Some of the specimens referred formerly to Peziza epispheria certainly belong to this species, which was originally called P. pruinosa by Capt. Carmichael. The same plant occurs at Belvoir, with the sporidia -0004—-0005 inch long. Puate V. fig. 33. Sporidia, highly magnified. 1175. Hypomyces Broomeianus, Tul. Carp. i. p. 108 (Hypo- crea luteo-virens, Rabenh. no. 751). On Polyporus annosus. Batheaston, C. E. Broome. Puate V. fig. 34. a. thread with conidia, magnified; 6. conidia, *0002--0003 inch long, more highly magnified; ¢. ascus, magn. ; d. spo- ridia, ‘0005—-0006 inch long, highly magnified. ~ &H. ochraceus, Tul. Carp. ii. p. 41. This is, in all probability, Cryptomyces aurantia, Grev. t. 78. Blastotrichum Puccinioides, Preuss, Sturm’s Deutschl. F].25 & 26, tab. 11, is evidently a state of this or some closely allied species, and has occurred at Batheaston. Hypomyces aurantius has been 128 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr..C. 1. Broome on British Fungi. found in Flintshire, on Pol. sguamosus, and has also been ga- thered on Agaricus ostreatus. Sphaeria aurea, Grev., is a Nectria. The species from Laxton on Boletus is H. luteo-virens. Puate V. fig. 35. a. ascus, magnified; 5, sporidia, ‘001 inch long, highly magnified. 1176. Hypocrea delicatula, Tul. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. sér. 4. vol. xiii. p. 18; Carp. Fasc. ii. tab. 4. figs. 7-13. Fir-plantations. Lucknam, April 1866. This extremely interesting fungus is nearly allied to H. cztrina, of which it has the habit. It forms patches which are easily separable from the matrix, of a delicate cream-colour, studded with the fawn-coloured perithecia. 1177. Spheria (Denudatee) Epochnii, n. s. Peritheciis pri- mum conicis, dein subglobosis, collapsis, stipatis, atro-olivaceis, granulatis ; ascis clavatis; sporidiis uniserialibus, fusiformibus, medio constrictis, demum triseptatis; conidius clongatis, tri- septatis, apice incrassatis. On Epochnium fungorum, of which it is the perfect form. Warleigh, near Bath, March 1866. Perithecia at first pale bottle-green, crowded in the centre of the Epochnium, then black green, granulated, sometimes depressed at the summit, with a minute pore. Asci clavate, containing a single row of triseptate fusiform sporidia, ‘O001--0011 long, strongly constricted in the centre, at length pale brown, when they resemble a good deal the naked spores of the Epochnium. The sporidia are at first uniseptate, with two nuclei in each division. Puate V. fig. 36. a. plant, magnified; 5. portion of mycelium with conidia (epochnium); ¢. conidia, highly magn.; d. ascus with sporidia, magn.; é. sporidia, young and old, highly magnified. 1178, S. (Caulicole) Aliarie, Auersw. Rab. no. 261. On Erysimum Alliaria. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon, Esq. 1179. Dothidea melanops, Tul. Carp. 11. p. 73, tab. 10. Abundant on beech near Jedburgh, but without perithecia. A. Jerdon, Esq. Mr. Jerdon’s specimens, though on beech, correspond better with Tulasne’s typical form on oak than his variety fagicola. The stylospores are just the same, and not comparatively short, as in the variety. 1180. Hystertum varium, Fr. Syst. vol. u. p. 582; Duby, Hyst. p. 28. On decorticated branches of yew. Wynd Cliff, April 18, 1866. Scattered over pallid spots; perithecia elliptic, subimmersed, with a slight keel and very obscure aperture, quite even; asci elongated ; sporidia uniseriate, elliptic, slightly pointed at either Bibliographical Notice. 129 end, uniseptate, with a large nucleus in each division, ‘001 inch long by ‘0005 broad. The sporidia of this and the next species differ entirely from those of our other British species. Duby’s plant is on Juniperus pheniceus, that of Fries on oak. Puate V. fig. 37. a. asci and parapbyses; 0. sporidia, highly magnified. 1181. H. repandum, Blox., Duby, Hyst. p. 27, tab. 1. f. 6. On rotten stumps. Orton Wood, near Twycross, Rev. A, Bloxam. Perithecia almost free, elliptic, the lips well rounded ; aperture gaping. Asci rather short; sporidia broadly cymbiform, the apex at one end very slightly elongated and perfectly hyaline, ‘0006-0007 inch long*. PLATE V. fig. 38. a, ascus and paraphyses, magnified; 4. sporidia, more highly magnified. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Geological Map of England and Wales. By Prof. Ramsay, F.R.S., F.G.S., &. 3rd edition. 1866. Tuar a new edition of this useful Map should be required speaks well of the public taste for geological knowledge ; or at all events indicates that the public find that they require and can use a map showing at a glance to those who can read it aright the real structure of the country, the chief characters of its hills and valleys, the courses of its rivers in relation to the nature of the uplands, and the pro- jections and hollows of its coasts in relation to the harder and softer materials of its rocky skeleton, and, still more, the relative position of its mines, coal-pits, quarries, and other. sources of mineral wealth. The traveller may, if he will, recognize the geological character of the country he is passing through by rail or otherwise, by referring to this handy sheet ; the tourist may spread it out on the green sward, the beach, or the barren hill-top, and trace cut the deep-set roots of the mountain, the inland range of the sea-cut strata, or the structure of hill and dale around, and take in new pleasure with his satisfied curiosity, besides all the delight that light and shade, form and colour, changing cloud and rippling water can give him, be he artist or amateur. Fishing and shooting, too, have an additional zest with the geologist ; for he is rarely too busy not to see some- thing new; and when sport is dull, the eye is still pleasingly at work. * Coniocybe beomyciodes, Erbario Crittogamico Italiano. On turpentine. Lucknam, Dec. 10, 1864. From pallid white to a bright yellow, sometimes brick-red, scattered over some Sporidesmium (Tromera resine) which colours the turpentine black. The genus Coniocybe is a very doubtful member of the Fungi; and the species, which is new to Great Britain, is therefore recorded in a note. 130 Bibliographical Notice. After a day’s hunting a geological map has explained why white mud and brown, black clay and white chalk, peat-bog and sand-hills have succeeded each other so quickly in the run across country,—or why one long gallop carried along with it the uniform splashing of yellow mud with little change. Of course, now-a-days, geological maps are hanging up in halls and studies far more frequently than in times past ; and instead of trying to find causes for differences of peoples and lands in county-boundaries and political divisions, we look to mountains and valleys, hills and dales, with their varying geological structures, as land-marks among men, whether in counties, provinces, or continents. The traveller in unknown lands brings home but a meagre account of the geography of the country he would describe if he knows not its real structure: he may make a model even of its heights and rivers; but, without a knowledge of its strata, his model will fall as short in actual worth as a badly painted por- trait. Not only will a full appreciation of structural peculiarities of hill and cliff be wanting, but none of the links of analogy or identity that bind it on to the strata of other lands can be indicated ; and, like the nameless ruined column, it waits for further elucidation. At home our geological maps are progressing rapidly towards per- fection. Amateur workers have accumulated observations for more than fifty years; and within about twenty years a systematic plan of geologizing the British Isles has been carried on by the State. The Government Geologists, well trained, enthusiastic, and yet cautious, fairly using the results of fore-gotten knowledge, have worked as quickly as their limited numbers would permit. Thus they have gone over Wales, the South of England, much of the Midland Counties, some parts further north in Scotland, and a large part of -Ireland. From these results Prof. Ramsay has carefully produced the Map of England and Wales before us, filling up unsurveyed areas with the results of amateur and casual work. In this third edition we may easily see where earlier mapping has given way to the work of adepts and professional geologists, working over every inch of the ground, going along the whole line of an outcrop, trusting nothing to fancy or the memory, but examining and noting with precision, day by day. In this way the broad areas of colour, with boldly rounded and entire boundary-lines, filled in as the result of a holi- day’s research or rapid sketch-work, must be replaced by the labo- rious entanglement of outlier, inlier, and jagged border of outcrops along broken ground, carrying at once an appearance of truth to the experienced eye. Thus in the so-called ‘‘ London Basin” more de- tail in the northern border of the Tertiary beds is now given; and the Bagshot formation and the alluvium of the Thames are far more correctly delineated. The Tertiary outliers at the west of this area, and those between it and the “ Hants basin,”’ are altogether rear- ranged, patches of ‘‘ Drift’ apparently having formerly been mis- taken in many instances. The Wealden area is now far better cha- racterized in accordance with the late researches of the Geological Surveyors, who have worked out its complicated structure as care- fully as if it were a coal-field; nor indeed do we know but what it Royal Society. 131 will be soon necessary to apply their knowledge in the search for ei the old ridge of crumpled palzeozoic rocks beneath its northern order. The West of England has received a few touches here and there ; but the outcrops of the Cretaceous and Upper Oolite beds through Berks, Bucks, and Cambridgeshire have been carefully revised ; and so have the Oolites of Northamptonshire and Oxfordshire. Still more important is the improved work in the Warwickshire and Lei- cestershire Coal-fields, and in Charnwood Forest, with its Cambrian (if not older) rocks. The North-Staffordshire and Lancashire Coal- fields become, as it were, remodelled by the now accurate outlines of their areas; and the neighbourhood of Manchester, in particular, passes from an artificial to a natural appearance, geologically viewed. The great Permian range, from Durham southward, is taking its natural form on paper ; for the Survey has reached northwards much beyond Doncaster. The red sandstones of the Eden and of the west coast of Cumberland now appear in their true Permian colours ; and various spots in Northumbria also speak of the researches of several active geologists of to-day. Lastly, in Wales a few modifications of outlines in the Old Red and the complicated patches of igneous rocks may be noticed. The illustrated sections are repeated (with stronger lettering) on the margins, as heretofore. In this new map there are additions to the railways, bolder di- stinctive numbers to the different formations, and modifications in some of the tints; and an important mass of information is added in notes and remarks all around the coast. The general result is that we have a very useful and handsome Geological Map of England and Wales (12 miles to the inch), not so large as the “Greenough Map ”’ published by the Geological So- ciety of London, but constructed on the same basis, and containing a very large amount of useful information, clearly put by the master- hand of an accomplished geologist, and produced in good style by an intelligent publisher. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. April 26, 1866.—J. P. Gassiott, Vice-President, in the Chair. «On the Dentition of Rhinoceros leptorhinus (Owen).”’ By W. Boyd Dawkins, M.A., Oxon., F.G.S. The fossil remains of the genus Rhinoceros found in Pleistocene deposits in Great Britain indicate four well-defined species, Of these the R. tichorhinus, or the common fossil species, ranged throughout France, Germany, and Northern Russia, and, like its congener the Mammoth, was defended from the intense winter cold by a thick clothing of hair and wool. Its southern limit in the Europeo-Asiatic continent was a line passing through the Pyrenees, the Alps, the northern shore of the Caspian, and the Altai Mountains, 132 Royal Society. It has not yet been proved to have existed in Europe anterior to the deposit of the Boulder Clay. The second species, the R. megarhinus of M. de Christol, characterized by its slender limbs and the absence of the “cloison,”’ has been determined by the author among re- mains from the brick-earths occupying the lower part of the Thames valley, and from the Preglacial forest-bed of Cromer. The species ranged from the Norfolk shore southwards through Central France into Italy. In France and Italy it characterizes the Pliocene deposits, being found in the former country in association with Mastodon brevirostris and Halitherium Serresti, in the latter with M. Arvernensis. From its southern range we may infer that the megarhine species was fitted to inhabit the warm and temperate zones of Europe, just as the tichorhine was peculiarly fitted for the endurance of an Arctic winter. _ The third species is the RR. etruscus of Dr. Falconer, confined to the forest-bed of the Norfolk shore, and, like the R. megarhinus, found in the Pliocenes of France and Italy; it ranged across the Pyrenees as far as Malaga, and is the only species known to occur in Spain. The fourth, the R. leptorhinus of Professor Owen, is the equivalent of the R. hemitechus of Dr. Falconer. It is defined as “ R. a narines demicloisonnées,”’ and is probably not the same animal as the R. leptorhinus or “ R. & narines non-cloisonnées”’ of Baron Cuvier, the evidence as to the absence or presence of the cloison in the type of the species being of the most conflicting nature. In Central France it is identical with R. mesotropus and R. velaunus of M. Aymard, the R. dymardi of M. Pomel, and the R. leptorhinus (du Puy) of M. Gervais. Its dentition is characterized by the presence of the third costa in the upper molar series, coupled with the stoutness of the cingulum, the suppression of the anterior combing plate, the smoothness of the enamel, and the extent to which the upper molars overhang the lower, which causes the enamel on the outer side of the latter to be worn obliquely. The lower molars can be deter- mined by the flattening of the anterior area, coupled with the fine sculpturing of the enamel-surface. In common with the other fossil British Rhinoceroses, it possessed a molar series of six only on either side, and was bicorn. It ranged through England, from the Hyzena-den of Kirkdale in Yorkshire in the north, as far south as the plains of Somersetshire, and as far to the West as Pembroke- shire. It is very generally found in association with Elephas anti- quus and Hippopotamus major, both species which lived in Pliocene times. The association in Wookey Hole Hyzena-den with Hlephas primigenius and R. tichorhinus and other characteristic Postglacial mammals proves that it coexisted with the tichorhine species, to which it probably bore the same geographical relation as the Elk does to the Reindeer in the high northern latitudes. The sum of the evidence proves that it was coeval with the Mammoth and tichorhine Rhinoceros, and does not characterize deposits of an earlier epoch in the Pleistocene. It has not as yet been found in Preglacial formations. The R. leptorhinus is more closely allied to the bicorn Rhinoceros of Sumatra than to any other living species. 133 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Morphology and Affinities of the Brachiopoda. By H. Lacaze-Duruiers. Tew animals are so widely diffused in the strata of the surface of the globe as the Brachiopoda, and few consequently are so frequently in the hands of naturalists; nevertheless, although they are repre- sented by many species living in our seas, their zoological relations and their general plan of organization are by no means agreed upon. Placed in the first instance among the Acephala, side by side with the Lamellibranchiata, they now justly form a distinct division; but the relationships of this division are far from being the same in the eyes of all zoologists. Thus, to dwell only upon the last opinion, Messrs. Huxley and Hancock, two of the most eminent English naturalists, would place them among the Molluscoida, by the side of the Ascidia and Bryozoa or Polyzoa. This new mode of appreciating the affinities of this group led me to desire to study these creatures afresh ; and when the opportunity was afforded me of investigating the faunas of great depths im the Meditterranean, I hastened to resume observations commenced about 1858 in the sea off Corsica. To determine the affinities of the Brachiopoda I seek in their nervous system for the criterion that must guide me. It is to the characteristic organ of animality that I apply myself, because, as has been so admirably shown by Cuvier, it furnishes the characters of highest value; and I .compare it on the one hand to that of the Lamellibranchiata, and on the other to that of the Bryozoa. In the Lamellibranchiate Acephalan the plan of organization is simple. The organs are repeated symmetrically on each side of the median line. Thus we find three double nervous centres—one near the mouth, another in the foot, the third between the base of the foot and the anus, near the branchize. Moreover certain organs have an existence, a peculiar symmetry, and very precise relations with these different centres. Upon the median line are the mouth, the foot, and the anus. At the base of the foot, between it and the anus, on each side, beyond the ganglia of the third or pallio-branchial group, open the two glandular bodies called the glands of Bojanus; lastly, to the right and left of the mouth there are two pairs of labial vela, which vary greatly in form in the different species. To compare this well-known plan, which it was necessary to refer to here, with that of the Brachiopods, we must first of all place the animals in a comparable position. Suppose, for example, that we have a Terebratula and an Anodonta to compare: the former must be placed with its ligament downwards, its apophysary valve to the left of the observer, and its perforated valve to his right; the second must have its hinge to the left and its mouth upwards. Most figures show the Brachiopoda in a position the reverse of that just indicated, which renders their comparison with the Acephala more difficult, 134. Miscellaneous. In the animals thus placed the first difference that presents itself, and that which has most caught the attention of observers, is this: the Anodonta has its valves lateral ; the Terebratula has one of them dorsal, the other abdominal. This difference, which appears very great, has not quite so much importance as we should be inclined to attribute to it at first sight ; we need only free it from the secondary conditions which surround it, so as to see only the fundamental parts. Thus the greatly developed and multiplied muscles have become longitudinal and symmetrical, in consequence of the arrangement of the valves, and they have at- tracted the attention of naturalists perhaps too specially, and led them to neglect other more important organs. As the Brachiopod lives attached, a special locomotive organ would be useless to it; therefore its foot is aborted, and with it the corre- sponding portion of the nervous system. Here, morphologically speaking, we have a great and fundamental difference, very different from that presented by the position of the valves. On each side of the mouth of the Terebratula we find two long fringed arms, rolled up in a spiral form, and accompanied by a mem- branous lip; these are the analogues of the labial vela of the Lamel- libranchiata. The investigation of the nervous system justifies this notion ; for there exist two small symmetrical ganglia which, with the assistance of the long commissure uniting them, surround the ceso- phagus like a collar, and furnish nerves to the arms, as in the Lamellibranchiata the analogous ganglia furnish the nerves to the labial vela. These first ganglia, which are difficult to discover, correspond with the cesophageal ganglia of the other Mollusca; they are united by long connectives with the most highly developed and therefore most evident nervous masses, which are found above the mouth, in the median line, in the fold of the two lobes of the mantle. We know that this last organ performs, in great part, the function of the organ of respiration ; and as it receives its nerves from this last ganglionic centre, this may be regarded as the analogue of the pallio-branchial centre. As to the pedal ganglia, they do not exist, as the organ for which they are necessary is wanting. The organs of Bojanus and those of reproduction open in the Terebratula, as in the Anodonta, symmetrically outside and by the side of the pallio-branchial nervous centre. Moreover, according to the beautiful investigations of Mr. Hancock, the heart in the Brachi- opoda is dorsal, which furnishes an additional feature of resemblance between the two groups, for im this way the central organ of the circulation is separated from the organs of Bojanus and the pallio- branchial ganglia by the digestive tube. Lastly, in the Brachiopod, as in the Lamellibranchiate Acephalan, the organs just referred to are repeated symmetrically on each side of the median line of the body. Thus if we suppress in the Lamellibranchiate Acephalan the foot and the pedal ganglia, there remains an organism having the greatest Miscellaneous. 135 analogy with that of the Brachiopod, always excepting the position of the valves. Now this is also easy to be brought under the gene- ral plan of the Anodonta, if we suppose the two lateral lobes of the mantle to be united above the mouth and below the anus, and imagine that about the middle of its length an emargination is formed which may advance as far as the hinge; for then the two halves of the mantle are no longer lateral, but dorsal and abdominal, and the shell reproduces the pattern upon which it models itself. The modifications undergone by the muscles are the consequences of the changes of arrangement which have taken place in the shell; they cannot invalidate the zoological approximation which I am en- deavouring to establish. Do we not, for example, find an Ascidian (Chevreulius) presenting symmetrical muscles analogous to those of the Terebratulz, and this merely because its tunic has become bivalve, and without one being able to remove it from the group to which it belongs ? If we now compare the Polyzoan or Bryozoan with the Brachiopod, we find some external resemblances, but profound differences of greater importance. No doubt the Bryozoan often presents an organ in the form of a horseshoe, placed close to the mouth, and which may be compared to the arms of the Brachiopods; but this is not a sufficient feature of resemblance to bring together animals so differ- ent. If we look at the nervous system, we shall soon be convinced. Hitherto the Molluscoida have presented only a very simple ner- vous ganglion, without an cesophageal collar, and without any very evident double symmetry ; consequently they are more distant from the Brachiopoda than the latter from the Lamellibranchiata. Thus the investigation of the nervous system legitimates the ap- proximation which we are seeking to establish, and does not justify that which the English authors have attempted ; but it leads us also to recognize the necessity of making a distinct group for the Brachi- opods, which are much rather degraded Acephala than elevated Molluscoida. These zoological relationships are by no means invalidated by an organic peculiarity as curious as unexpected. Professor Huxley was the first to demonstrate the non-perforation of the anal extremity of the intestine in the Terebratulee, and I have myself confirmed this observation in several other genera and species; this arrangement forms a very remarkable exception among the Mollusca, and appears to be especially proper to the Articulate Brachiopods, which really represent Calenterate Mollusca. The preceding general observations constitute a résumé of minute and detailed investigations undertaken in 1858 in Corsica, and in 1862 in Algeria, upon thegenera Megerlia, Terebratulina, Thecidia, Argi- ope, and Crania, which inhabit the Mediterranean, and were all ob- served living on the spots which they inhabit.—Comptes Rendus, November 6, 1865, pp. 800-803. 136 Miscellaneous. On the finding of a second Ribbonfish. Yo the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GreNTLEMEN,—Having heard in May last that another Ribbonfish, or Gymnetrus, had been found near Whitby, and being in that town on Monday last, I inquired for it in the museum, and I was shown the specimen by an assistant there. This fish is labelled “ Ribbond fish cast up at Whitby, April 23, 1866,” but its specific name is not given. It was cast upon the sands near Whitby, and was discovered by some schoolboys. Being unwieldy, and 10 feet long, they could not convey it with them; so they cleverly cut it into five slices, and then carried the slices sepa- rately. A man who stuffs birds near the museum has preserved it very well, and sewn together the five slices. The tail is broken ; there are no appendages about the head ; and the long dorsal fin is a good deal injured, as well as the numerous rays. From want of time, and the glass case being so close to the back of the fish, I could not wait to count the number of the rays. This specimen may be, like that cast up at Seaton Snook on the Ist or 2nd of last March, the Gymnetrus Banksii, which was 14 feet 7 inches in length; though I am inclined to think it is the ‘‘ king of the herrings,’’ as one of the species is called. The distance from Seaton Snook to Whitby Sands is some thirty miles along the Yorkshire coast, to the south-east. I am, Gentlemen, Yours truly, Joun Hoca. Norton House, Stockton-on-Tees, July 6, 1866. A few words on the Mammoth*, in connexion with the Engravings recently found in Périgord and supposed to represent this Ani- mal. By H. Branpr. Professor Brandt, referring to the account given by M. Lartet of a plate of fossil ivory from Périgord bearing incisions which appeared to represent an elephant with a long mane, and to a second note by M. Vibraye on the reproduction in reindeer-horn of a head supposed to be that of the Mammoth, remarks that these discoveries were particularly interesting to him, as he had been for years accumu- lating materials towards a monograph of the Mammoth. He states that as long as ten years ago, in his memoir on the distribution of the Tiger, he expressed the opinion that Elephas primigenius, Rhinoceros tichorhinus, Cervus euryceros, Bos primigenius, Bos urus, Bos moschatus, Cervus Alces, Elaphus, and Tarandus, &c., belonged, with man, to a single contemporary fauna, that in Asia these large animals were pursued by the tiger at the most distant periods, and that the remainder was in part destroyed by man. * According to a note appended by Milne-Edwards to the title of this paper, the proper spelling of the name of this animal is “ Mamont.” Miscellaneous. 137 The researches made in France have shown the truth of this opinion ; but Professor Brandt makes the following observations on the figures of the Mammoth described by MM. Lartet and Vibraye. The figure on a plate of ivory described by the former evidently represents the anterior half of an elephant; and it is quite clear that, by means of the lines observed on the neck, shoulders, and flank, the artist has tried to indicate long hairs, which might be regarded as representing parts of a mane. The direction of the tusks reminds one vividly of the Mammoth; but it must be remarked, with regard to the mane, that neither the form nor the density of this has yet been sufficiently demonstrated by naturalists. Adams accepted the notion of a mane, without having seen it, from the testimony of his companions and the presence of long hairs; and Tilesius does not oppose this conclusion. But the merchant Boltunoff, who saw the Mammoth three years before the arrival of Adams, and in a much better state of preservation, says nothing about a mane. Nevertheless two pieces of the skin of the nape, still attached to the cranium of the Mammoth at St. Petersburg, show a considerable quantity of the basal portions of rigid hairs, which were evidently rather long, and may at least be taken for traces of the existence of a mane. Perhaps, however, the artist of Périgord had a better opportunity of recognizing the mane than the Russian naturalists. The representation of an elephant in reindeer’s horn, described by M. Vibraye, seems to resemble the Indian elephant, at least as re- gards the anterior part of the head. The ear is rather close to the eye; it is oblong and coniparatively very narrow. All these charac- ters, especially the small size of the ear, remind us of the Mammoth. —Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 5. tome v. pp. 280-282. Note on the Discovery of the Dermal Shield in Megatheroid Animals. By Prof. Rerinuarpt. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN,—I send you for insertion in the ‘ Annals’ an ex- tract from a letter received from Professor Reinhardt, of Copenhagen, and remain Yours obediently, British Museum, A. GUNTHER. July 23, 1866. ; «May I also draw your attention to the fact that this ‘ discovery’ of a dermal shield in Megatheroid animals was made as much as twenty years ago, and that Lund, in his last work on the extinct Mammalian Fauna of Brazil, expressly states that he found a kind of dermal shield in two different genera, Scelidotherium and Celo- don, gives a very detailed description of them, and even draws the at that time justifiable and natural conclusion that probably all Mega- theroid animals were furnished with a more or less similar shield. The shield was not so perfectly developed in Scelidotherium and Celodon as Burmeister has found it to be in Mylodon; but that is of small importance (see ‘Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Afhandlinger,’ Kjébenhavn; 1846, 12 Deel, p. 77).” Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol, xvii. 10 138 Miscellaneous. On the Structure of the Anthers in the Aroidez. By M. van TIEGHEM. From his investigations Chatin has deduced the general rule, that anthers which open by terminal pores are destitute of fibrous cells. The genus Solanum, the anthers of which have fibrous cells round the terminal pore, forms a curious exception to this. The author indicates the occurrence of similar exceptions in the apicilar anthers of several Aroidee. The sessile anther of Richardia africana, Schott, has two loculi, each divided into two locelli by a delicate longitudinal septum ; and these open at the apex by a small vertical tube pierced through the thick plate formed by the connective above the loculi; beneath this terminal pore the septum is absorbed, to enable the loculi to com- municate. The inner wall of the chamber is clothed, when mature, with a layer of prismatic cells perpendicular to its surface, and fur- nished with strong spiral bands. In each locellus this layer of spiral cells ceases at the two lines of origin of the septum, where it curves inwards a little and unites by means of smaller cells with the corresponding layer of the neighbouring locellus, thus forming two longitudinal ridges. The septum is therefore destitute of fibrous cells; when mature, it is composed only of a layer of interlaced threads, the remains of the cells of which it was originally composed. The delicate cellular membrane which clothes the whole interior of the locelli in the young anther is absorbed at the moment of dehis- cence. The layer of spiral cells is continued to the terminal pore, the inner orifice of which it borders; but it does not line the wall of the little tube, which is formed of colourless cells, each con- taining a grain of starch, whilst the cells of the plate are larger and filled with a yellow liquid. Here, therefore, we have exactly the reverse of what occurs in Solanum, where the fibrous cells surround the pore without extending upon the inner surface of the cell. The mode in which the anther of Richardia emits its pollen shows that it is a powerful agent of expulsion. Through each pore a white thread is seen to issue and become longer by degrees, which at last forms a little cotton-like ball, of a dull white colour, round the ori- fice. This filament is composed of two or three parallel rows of ovoid pollen-grains united by a gummy liquid; by exposure to the air, this cement evaporates, and the grains, becoming free, are dis- seminated. The author considers that the contraction of the cell causing this expulsion of the pollen is produced by the layer of fibrous cells; but he is unable to explain its mode of action. In the anther of Alocasia odora and metallica, Schott, each of the two cells arranged round the dilated connective is constructed nearly in the same manner ; but the cell, instead of opening upon the plate itself by a duct traversing its thickness, is bent out- wards and opens directly beneath the plate by an orifice common to two confluent cells; the fibrous cells predominate round the pore, and several other rows are frequently added to the ordinary one at the upper part of the curve. Miscellaneous. 139 The difference is greater in Aglaonema marantefolia, Schott. The bilocular anther is furnished with a short filament, and the connective does not form a plate. Lach cell is divided into two locelli by a thick septum, absorbed beneath the terminal pore where the locelli communicate. The inner wall of each locellus is lined throughout with a strong layer of perpendicular fibrous cells: hence the quadrilocular structure of the anther. The fibrous layer is produced upon the outer walls up to the orifice, where it is covered directly by the epidermis. Hence there is no necessary correlation between apicilar dehis- cence and the absence of fibrous cells. The presence or absence of these is a character of more constancy and of a higher order than the mode of dehiscence. Thus in the Aroidez we pass by insensible gradations from Richardia, &c., in which the apicilar dehiscence is most strongly marked, through drum and Dracunculus, to rimate dehiscence, either transverse (Arisarum) or longitudinal (Calla, Anthurium, &c.), whilst the fibrous layer is still strongly developed ; and this is further seen from the complete absence of these cells in Lycopersicum (where the dehiscence is longitudinal), and their nearly complete absence in Solanum (where it is apicilar). Moreover api- cilar dehiscence is by no means common to all the genera of the families in which M. Chatin has ascertained the general absence of the fibrous cells: thus the Epacrideze open their unilocular anthers by a longitudinal fissure ; among the Ericaceze Leiophyllum, Pieris, and Epigea, and among the Melastomaceze Mouriria, Meme- cylon, &c., open their bilocular anthers by two longitudinal fissures; lastly, in the Monotropeze the unilocular anthers of Monotropa and Hypopitys open by a transverse fissure, whilst the bilocular anthers of Pterospora have a longitudinal dehiscence ; and yet the fibrous layer is wanting in all these genera. M. Chatin has also observed the structure of some abnormal anthers (those of Hypowis erecta and Pittosporum Tobira), ‘* which are destitute of fibrous cells at the same time that they are empty of pollen, or only contain it in an imperfect state; these sterile anthers have, no doubt, been seized by an arrest of development act- ing simultaneously upon the tissues of the second membrane and upon the pollen ;”’ and from this he concludes ‘that in some plants the stamens of which have undergone an arrest of development, the absence of fibrous cells coincides with the imperfect evolution of-the pollen.”” The author’s observations upon Ranunculus Ficaria show that something very different may be the case. The anthers of the bulbiferous variety of this species produce no pollen, and this is the sole cause of the sterility of the plant. Each anther-cell, divided into two locelli by a septum, has its valve formed of an epidermis thickened by a layer of spiral and reticulated cells which does not extend over the septum or upon the inner wall of the cell formed by the connective, as appears to be generally the case in the Ranuncult. In the interior of each locellus there is a long mass narrowed at the two extremities, formed of several rows of large, polyhedric, colour- less, thick-walled cells furnished with numerous dots; these cells 140 Miscellaneous. are united into a continuous tissue, separate from the walls of the locellus, so that these four masses may easily be extracted from the anthers. The mother cells of the pollen, instead of giving origin to ordinary grains and then becoming absorbed, have become thickened and acquired dotted walls. The layer of fibrous cells, however, has acquired its normal structure, although the author has never seen the anthers open, which would seem to indicate that the pollen- grains themselves have a part to perform in producing dehiscence. Hence two conclusions may be drawn :— 1. The abortion of the pollen in the anther does not always, as in the two examples cited by M. Chatin, imply that of the fibrous cells; the arrest of development may affect the mother cells of the pollen without reaching the walls of the anther. 2. Of the two simultaneous functions assigned by M. Chatin to the transitory membrane of the anther, which, according to him, is at once ‘the nurse of the pollen”? and ‘the reservoir from which the cells of the second membrane draw the nourishment necessary for their rapid transformation,” the latter alone is confirmed by the above observations.—Comptes Rendus, June 11, 1866, pp. 1289- 1294. Habits of Zosterops dorsalis. By the Rev. R. Taytor. (In a Letter to Dr. J. E. Gray.) My pear S1r,—I have received your letter acknowledging mine with the Zosterops dorsalis; and I am pleased to find that I am correct in my supposition of its being an arrival from Australia or Tasmania. It appears to increase in New Zealand in a most extra- ordinary way, far more rapidly than any of our indigenous birds, and flies about in large flocks of several hundreds, making an inces- sant chattering,—quite a novelty in that respect. We hailed it as a blessing on its first arrival, as it attacked the American blight-insect and cleared the trees of it; but we now find it is of doubtful good, for it feeds upon the tender buds of the tree as well; and as at the approach of summer it retires to the high grounds of the interior, it gives the blight time to become as bad as ever before it returns. Several new discoveries have been lately made im ornithology in the middle isle; but I think some of the birds supposed to be newly discovered are in reality old acquaintances. I expected to find the Nestor superbus to be quite new; but when I saw a specimen of it at the Otago Exhibition last year, I found it was my old friend figured in my work as the Korako (Nestor meridionalis) ; and lately a far more beautiful specimen of the same bird was procured by Mr. Buller, which was taken up the Wanganni river, with a brilliant bright-red back as well as breast. It is probably the male Korako. Believe me, my dear Sir, Ever most sincerely yours, RicHARD TAYLOR. Wanganni, May 7, 1866. Miscellaneous. 141 On the Organic Bodies contained in Ancient Egyptian Bricks. By Professor UNGER. The author lately obtained some tiles from the well-known brick pyramid of Dashur, the building of which dates between 3300 and 3400 years B.c. These, like all the Egyptian bricks, have been made with an addition of desert sand and chopped straw, in order to give them greater cohesion and durability. Both with the principal mass, the Nile-mud, and the chopped straw, seeds of various plants, animal remains, and artificial products were accidentally introduced into the manufacture; so that, the consistency of the enclosing substance having remained unaltered, these bodies have also been preserved unchanged to the present time, and are therefore to be recognized quite distinctly. The investigation of these bodies, which are generally small, showed the presence, at the remote period of the building of the pyramid, of five different cultivated plants, seven field-weeds, and some local plants, together with several freshwater Mollusca and remains of fishes and insects, &c., but all organisms which still for the most part occur in Egypt, and have hitherto remained un- altered. Besides two cereals (wheat and barley), there were found the teff (Eragrostis habyssinica), the field-pea (Pisum arvense), and the flax (Linum usitatissimum) ; the last was, in all probability, employed both as a food-plant and for textile purposes. Greater interest attaches to the weeds, which belong to the com- monest kinds, and have necessarily migrated with the cultivated plants, not only over all Europe, but over the greater part of the earth. Among them may be named Rhaphanus Rhaphanistrum, Chrysanthemum segetum, Euphorbia helioscopia, Chenopodium mu- rale, Bupleurum aristatum, and Vicia sativa. Of artificial products, there were found fragments of burnt bricks and earthen vessels, a small piece of linen thread and one of woollen thread—all of which indicate a tolerably advanced civilization at the time of the building of this pyramid. Moreover the condition in which all these enclosed objects, especially the chopped straw, oc- curred, proves that brick-making was really carried on in the manner stated by Herodotus and described in Exodus v. 11. The author expresses a hope that a continued investigation of this material will furnish much important information as to the com- mencement of civilization in Egypt, and that the damb and sealed- up bricks of Nile-mud will tell us many things that we seek in vain in the old buildings and sarcophagi, to say nothing of written records. —Anzeigen der Akad. der Wiss. in Wien, math-naturw. Classe, June 14, 1866, pp. 141, 142. Interchange of Birds between America and Europe. In a memoir presented by Mr. Spencer F. Baird to the National Academy of Sciences, “ On the Distribution and Migrations of North American Birds,” an abstract of which is published in Silliman’s Journal for January, March, and May of this year, the author de- 142 Miscellaneous. duces the following generalizations in regard to the interchange of birds between America and Europe. European birds, especially the land species, reach Greenland and return to the continent by way of Iceland, the Faroe Islands forming a stepping-stone from Great Britain and Scandinavia. In very rare instances species seem to proceed direct to Greenland, without stop- ping in Iceland, although this may be due to the fact that while visiting Iceland they have not yet been noted there by any naturalist. The European birds found on the continent of North America reach it by autumnal movement from Greenland in company with strictly North American species. Birds of North America rarely, if ever, reach England from Greenland by direct spontaneous migration by way of Iceland, as shown by the fact that only three of the American birds occurring in Greenland are found in Iceland, and that few of the American species observed in Europe are found in Greenland at all. Most specimens of American birds recorded as found in Europe were taken in England (about fifty out of sixty-nine), some of them in Heligoland ; very few on the continent (land birds in only five instances). In nearly all cases these specimens belonged to species abundant during summer in New England and the eastern provinces of British America. In a great majority of cases the occurrence of American birds in England, Heligoland, and the Bermudas has been in the autumnal months, The clue to these peculiarities attending the interchange of species of the two continents will be found in the study of the laws of the winds of the northern hemisphere, as developed by Prof. Henry and Prof. Coffin. These gentlemen have shown (see Prof. Henry’s articles on Meteorology, ‘Report of Commissioner of Patents for 1856,’ p. 489) that the ‘‘resultant motion of the surface atmosphere, between latitudes 32° and 58° in North America, is from the west, the belt being twenty degrees wide, and its greatest intensity in the latitude of 45°. This, however, must oscillate north and south, at different seasons of the year, with the varying declination of the sun. South of this belt, in Georgia, Louisiana, &c., the country is influenced, at certain seasons of the year, by the north- east trade-winds, and north of the same belt by the polar winds, which, on account of the rotation of the earth, tend to take a direc- tion towards the west. It must be recollected that the westerly direction of the belt here spoken of is principally the resultant of the south-westerly and north-westerly winds alternately predomi- nating during the year.” From these considerations and facts, therefore, we are entitled to conclude that the transfer of American birds to Europe is principally, if not entirely, by the agency of the winds, in seizing them during the period of their migration (the antumnal especially), when they follow the coast or cross its curves, often at a considerable distance from land, or a great height above it. Carried off, away out to sea, Miscellaneous. 143 mainly from about the latitude of 45° (the line of greatest intensity of the winds), the first land they can make is that of England, whence the fact that most of the species have occurred in the British islands, as well as Heligoland, equally well fitted to attract stragglers and furnish them a resting-place. It is probable that, apart from their few permanent residents, the Bermudas are supplied in the same manner. Iceland being in the latitude of the reverse current, from east to west, such of its species as are caught up by the winds and carried off would soon reach Greenland, only a few hundred miles distant. This may be the principal agency of supply from Europe to Green- land, as most European land birds are only met with there at rare intervals ; although, as Greenland lies north of Iceland, there may be a regular migration to some extent. As remarked, the prevailing direction of the winds, whether vio- lent or moderate, throughout the year as well as during the period in which our birds are on either their spring or aehaaetal migration, is from America towards Europe. Even should their direction be reversed, and that rare phenomenon, a summer “north-easter,” occur, it would merely have the effect of bringing the birds back upon our own coast, or into the interior, the line of the storm being, in fact, about parallel with the eastern shore line of the United States, and its influence extending only a short distance from the coast, and not involving the vicinity of Europe at all. That such storms do affect the movements of our birds is shown in the case of the golden plover. It is well known that this species breeds in immense num- bers in the northern regions of America, and that the southward migration, in summer or autumn, is principally confined to the region along or near the Atlantic coast. Generally large flights would seem to start directly from Newfoundland and Nova Scotia for the West Indies, where they are met with every autumn passing still southward into South America, and reaching almost to Pata- gonia. Usually it is but a comparatively small number that touch and rest along the Atlantic states; but it is well known to the sportsmen of New England that, should a violent north-east storm occur off the coast towards the end of August, unusual flights of plover and curlew may be looked for*. This was the case in 1863, when the islands of Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard, and other locali- ties along the coast of Massachusetts swarmed with incredible flights of these birds. On similar occasions immense numbers have been carried far into the interior of the Atlantic states, furnishing the occasion of a regular carnival for gunners, much as in the case of great flights of the wild pigeon. Another instance of the influence of north-east storms is in the occurrence of the Stormy Petrel (Mother Carey’s Chickens) and other oceanic birds far in the interior, and even across the Allegha- nies, during and after such storms. The collections of the Smith- * Mr. G. N. Lawrence mentions (Annals New York Lyceum, 1864, vii. 100) that the golden plover is always found at Montauk Point on the 28th of August, should a north-east storm occur. 144 Miscellaneous. sonian Institution embrace specimens of Thalassidroma Leachii killed about Washington in August 1842, with hundreds of others. I myself obtained at Harrisburgh, Penn., a fine adult Pomarine Skua (Cataractes pomarinus), killed on the Susquehanna, near that city, in September 1839. Adults of the species mentioned are rarely seen within the limits of the United States at all, and in sum- mer the latter would hardly be likely to occur south of Newfoundland. The present is not the occasion to discuss the nature of that im- pulse which causes the bird or the fish to retrace its steps in spring so unerringly ; the fact is a well-established one, and of much im- portance in reference to the multiplication or diminution of species. A region deprived of its spring birds or fishes by extermination will only be filled up again in the course of a long period of time. The result, however, can be greatly accelerated by artificial propagation in the places to be supplied. It may be considered established that the migrations of birds are generally more or less in a north and south direction, influenced very materially by river-courses, mountain-chains, forests, conditions of moisture, mean temperature, altitude, &c. Middendorf (Die Isepiptesen Russlands) suggests that birds migrate in the direction of the magnetic pole—a suggestion not at all borne out by the facts in North America. It may be further remarked that while birds proceed generally in the spring to the very spot of birth, and by a definite route, their return in autumn is not necessarily in the same line. Many birds are familiar visitors in abundance, in certain localities, in either spring or autumn, and are not known there in the other season. This is a fact well known to the diligent collector; and I have been inclined to think that, in very many instances, birds proceed north- ward along the valley of the Mississippi, to return along the coast of the Atlantic. In general the northward vernal movement is performed much more rapidly, and with fewer stops by the way, than the autumnal. Birds generally make their appearance in given localities with wonderful regularity in the spring, the Sylvicolide especially—a difference of a few days in successive years attracting the notice of the careful observer; this difference is generally influenced by the season. The time of autumnal return is perhaps less definite. Observations on the Microscopic Shell-structure of Spirifer cuspi- datus, Sow., and some similar Forms. By F. B. Merk. Mr. Meek shows in a paper in Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1865, p. 275, that the shell of the Spirifer cuspidatus, both of American specimens referred to this species, or closely related, and of an Irish specimen of this species received from Mr. Davidson, is clearly punc- tate, contrary to the decision of Dr. Carpenter. He then asks the question whether two types—a punctate having the internal charac- ters of Syringothyris, and an impunctate—may not be included under the species, and suggests the importance of observations with refer- ence to this question.—Silliman’s American Journal, May 1866. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES. ] No. 105. SEPTEMBER 1866. XXIV.—WNotes on some Species of the Orthopterous Genus Cloéon, Leach (as limited by M. Pictet). By A. E. Eaton, of Trin. Coll. Camb. AttHoucH but little attention is paid by the generality of ento- mologists to the Ephemeride, the following notes may prove not altogether uninteresting. From reading Dr. Hagen’s introduc- tory remarks to his synopsis of the British species of this family (Ent. Ann. 1863) one might be led to imagine that in their early stages of development they are strictly carnivorous. The exist- ence of such a propensity is clearly seen by merely placing a number of pup in a small vessel, when the stronger will speedily devour such as they are able to master. But that their diet is partly vegetable also is apparent on an examination of the con- tents of their alimentary canal ; for, in many instances, along with a large proportion of mud, half-digested Diatoms and pieces of Confervee can be detected. These the animals obtain by nibbling over the surface of water-plants and stones—an oc- cupation to which they are much given. For this work their jaws are admirably suited. In the front are four or five strong sharp teeth, arranged in two rows, whilst behind these is a very singular structure—a flattened transversely striated protuber- ance, somewhat resembling an elephant’s tooth im miniature*. Their subulate antenne and their unconcentrated abdomen are not the only points in which they resemble Libellulide, as, be- sides the branchial plates of the pupa, the rectum is subservient to purposes of respiration. They seem to be furnished with a muscular cloaca, which is shut off from the extremity of the ali- mentary canal by a voluntary sphincter muscle. Its external aperture is the anus, through which water is admitted when the insect wishes to inspire. The cloaca being filled, this is then ‘closed, the rectum opens, the cloaca contracts and forces the * Jaw of the pupa of Ephemera vulgata, L. Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 3. Vol. xviii. 1] 146 Mr. A. E. Eaton on some Species contained fluid into the intestine, over which ramify branches of the tracheal trunks. The distribution of these trachez varies, possibly according to the age of the imsect; yet the branches (in a Cloéon) which are given off from the trunks in the seventh and eighth segments (Dr. Schaum’s method of reckoning) are larger than those in the other segments, especially in young pupe. The genus Cloéon, as limited by M. Pictet, whom Dr. Hagen follows, may be at once divided into two groups, which in reality are genera, although not recognized as such hitherto. As it is therefore necessary to propose a name for one of them, I will suggest that Cloéopsis be given to C. diptera, L., on account of a variety of the male resembling in colour Cloé or Cloéon Rho- dant, Pict. CLozopsis, nov. gen. Comprises one widely distributed species, C. diptera, L. Gen. Cuar.—Pupa with six pairs of double branchial plates and one pair of single ones. Imago dipterous, with two aual setee, the third abortive. In this species the larger division of the double branchial plates of the pupa is nearly circular; the smaller is indicated by the dotted line in the figure. The single plates are also poe circular. It may perhaps be unnecessary to mention “| \ that, although Dr. Hagen has included it in his dia- ~\.,5/ gnosis of the pupa, the possession of black wing- Outline of is indicati : : a double cases is indicative of state, and is not a special cha- _ branchial racter; in Cloéon Rhodani, and some other species pe: also, these organs become black shortiy before the final change of the pupa. Dr. Hagen, too, attaches great importance to the markings or absence of colour in the sete of the imago, as well as to the colour of the turban of the male. But there is scarcely any colour-character which, when fully tested, is not found to vary more or less in the species of this family. Specimens of this insect from Cambridge and Huntingdon often have the turban dull greenish yellow (like the legs of C. Rhodani subim.), instead of reddish brown (eyes of house-fly) ; and in the same localities the female generally has colourless wings, like the male. The sete are frequently not annulated. CLoion (as restricted). Gen. Cuar.—Pupa with seven pairs of single JEEP I P & des branchial plates. Imago with four wings and #7 | two anal sete; third seta abortive. See le plate of pupa(sp.?). In this genus the form of the rudimentary hind wings is very useful in determining the species, as it does not vary to any of the Orthopterous Genus Cloéon. 147 great extent among individuals of the same kind, whether sub- imagos or Imagos, “and it is not much affected by drying. The interneural veinlets on the apical margin of the fore wings are disposed in pairs in the species with round. tipped hind wings, but singly in that with sharp-tipped wings. C. Rhodani, Pictet. In the f the turban varies precisely as does that of C. diptera. The lines on the thorax also are si- milar to those in that imsect in highly coloured specimens. The anal sete are sometimes entirely , white, generally white, with fuscous ~ rings at the joinings and the middle Hind wing, maguitied, of the joints, seldom fuscous throughout, and become transpa- rent, through tenuity, towards their tips. The imago appears, in favourable weather, throughout the year. A branchial plate of the pupa is figured, I believe, in M. Pictet’s work on the Ephemeride. C. pumilum, Burmeister. Subimago. <&. Turban yellow. Spots and lines of imago all indicated. Legs yellowish white; tarsi, tibie, and tips of femora tinged with fuscous. Thorax yellowish fawn-colour, Abdomen pale yellowish grey. Wings and Rin 2 eS sete unicolorous, fuscous. Penis black. as m Sere Imago. Turban of male yellow, changing Sy to red when dry. Thorax shiny yellowish HL brown. Legs yellowish, pale; knees and 74 ™"& magnitied. tarsi darker in the female, but paler in the male. Abdomen in the male whitish yellow, the four apical segments brown: in the female dull yellow brown, with the tips of the dorsal arches darker. Setz in both sexes white, either annulated with fuscous or not. The hind margins are more delicate, much smaller and narrower than those of C. Rhodani, as will be seen on referring to the figures. C. bioculatum, L. Turban of male cornelian-red, seldom yellow. The imago varies but little in colour. It appears from April to November, if not throughout the year. The figure of the hind wing of C. bioculatum, Pict. (Hist. Nat. des Névrop.), differs entirely from the above. His is more like that of Stephens’s bioculatum (i.e. C. pumilum, Burmeister), to which insect C. bioculatum, L., when dry, is very Banlaty ae size excepted. Hind wing, magnified. idles 148 Mr. G. Krefft on the Dentition of Thylacoleo carnifex. The above notes were taken from living specimens. It would be interesting to know more than is known at pre- sent about the distribution of the British Ephemeride. In Dorset and on Dartmoor Potamanthus erythrophthalmus is the commonest of the genus, whilst P. marginatus is the most fre- quent in the Cambridge district. On the Dart Baétis montana predominates, but B. lutea at Little Bridy, Dorset. At this last place, too, Cloéon Rhodani outnumbers C. bivculatum; but at Blandford, in the same county, aud at Cambridge the converse obtains. From this it would appear that P. erythrophthalmus and C. Rhodani are better fitted to inhabit swift streams than P. marginatus end C. bioculatum. XXV.—On the Dentition of Thylacoleo carnifex (Ow.). By Grrarp Krerrt. [Plate XI.] To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, In the December Number of your Journal you figure a tooth which is supposed by Prof. M‘Coy to be the hitherto unknown canine of Thylacoleo carnifex, because it was discovered “ with part of the lower jaw and teeth of Nototherium Mitchelli, on which it had probably been feeding.” I do not think the find- ing of such a tooth in proximity with a Nototherium’s teeth is sufficient proof that it belonged to a Thylacoleo, the more so as the huge canine of that animal had never been known before— and never will be known, because the Thylacoleo carnifex was not furnished with canine teeth, and the dental series (in the lower jaw at least) ended in a pair of incisors, from which fact I venture to conclude (guided by the analogy furnished by the dentition of our living Marsupials with two lower incisors, the wombat excepted) that the upper jaw contained the usual six incisor teeth, and that if it ever possessed a canine it must have been a very small one, corresponding to the diminished tooth found in Hypsiprymnus and Phalangista. The tooth described by Prof. M‘Coy is not referable to Thy- lacoleo ; and the shape of its crown proves it at once to be an incisor, not a canine, and most likely the (incisor) tooth of the animal with the remains of which it was discovered. Prof.OQwen (who long ago expressed his opinion to the effect that the dental series of the lower jaw of Thylacoleo would probably end in a pair of incisors) has given us a full description of the teeth of this animal, to which I have nothing to add, except that, with the scanty material at my disposal, I have ventured to recon- M. T. Thorell on the Argulide. 149 struct the skull and dentition of this famous marsupial lion (Plate XI. fig. 1), which, im my opinion, was not much more carnivorous than the Phalangers of the present time. I also enclose drawings of sections of Lower incisor of Thylacoleo.... Fig. 2. a - Nototherium.. Fig. 3. ‘ a Diprotodon .. Fig. 4. * Pa Thylacine .... Fig. 5. x Sarcophilus . va Hag: G. Upper i incisor of Felis tigris .. Fig. 7. Lower SS ¥ Fig. 8. showing the relative size of the teeth in these animals, and proving sufficiently that the Thylacoleo was far inferior in strength to a modern tiger, and no match for ponderous Dipro- todons and Nototheriums. The scale of the photographed fractions is in inches, the sections are of the natural size. I remain, Gentlemen, Your most obedient Servant, GerARD Krerrt, Australian Museum, Sydney. Curator and Secretary. May 24, 1866. XXVI.—On Two European Argulide, with Remarks on the Morphology of the-Argulide and their Systematic Position, to- gether with a Review of the Species of the Family at present known. By T. Tuore*. Amonc the various groups which, during the last few years, have attracted the special attention of zoologists, the small Crustacean family of the Argulide holds a prominent place. Long represented by one species only, which is common throughout a great part of Europe, and was already, before the time of Linnzeus, known as Argulus foliaceus, this remarkable family has, in the course of the last thirty years, received a sudden and unexpected acces- sion to the number of its species. Krodyer+, whose writings are the most recent upon the animals composing it, gives the number of known species as thirteen, of which eight have been described since the beginning of the year 1857, and amongst these the three species which constitute Heller’s American genus Gyropeltis. Of these thirteen Argulide, one (A. giganteus) belongs to Africa, and one only (A. foliaceus) also to Kurope ; the remaining eleven are all from America. * Translated, by A. O’Shaughnessy, from the (fvers. af Kongl. Ve- tensk.-Akad. Forhandlingar, 21st series, Stockholm, 1864 (communi- cated 9th Dec. 1863). + “Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene,” Naturhistorisk Tidskrift, 3die Rekke, Bd. 11. (1863) p. 85. 150 M.T.Thorell on the Morphology of the Argulide. Under these circumstances it will not be uninteresting to learn that our quarter of the globe possesses two additional species of the family Argulide,—one a marine form, from South- ern Europe (the Mediterranean), the other a freshwater form, like A. foliaceus, and belonging to the middle and northern parts of Sweden. The first of these two species, Argulus purpureus, has certainly been already described by Risso under the name of Binoculus bicornutus and Agenor purpureus ; but it seems to have been altogether overlooked by later observers, the reason for which should no doubt be sought partly in the limited circulation which many of Risso’s works have attained, partly im that author’s usually very insufficient descriptions, which often render the recognition of the species intended very difficult: Agenor purpureus is referred to the family Bopyride! A new descrip- tion of this species, of which I found an example at Nice, on the pectoral fin of Pagellus erythrinus, will, therefore, not be consi- dered superfluous. The other, the Scandinavian species, which I call Aneta coregoni, is, on the contrary, new to science. My attention was drawn to it through a memoir by Dr. C. L. Nystrém*, wherein mention was made of an unusually large Argulus as one of the parasites which infest the Coregonus in Jemtland. Specimens of this Argulus were brought by Dr. Nystrom to the Royal Zoological Museum in Stockholm, where also specimens exist from Dalsland collected by Mag. H. Widegren ; and through the united kindness of Prof, Lovén and Err. Nystré6m and Widegren, I have had opportunities of examining both Jemt- land and Dalsland specimens of this large and well- marked species. I: Before proceeding to the description of the animals in ques- tion, it will be advisable to state my own conceptions of the various divisions of the body and its accessory organs, which have been very differently interpreted by the authors who have hither- to handled this group. ‘The first great division of the body, which bears the antenne, the organs of the mouth, and the fol- lowing two minute pairs of limbs, and which in these animals is developed into a large shield produced behind into two lobes, I call the head or head-shield (scutum cephalicum) ; the other, to which the cloven swimming-feet are attached, the trunk (truncus), which is followed by a tail (cauda) transformed into a leaf-like respiratory plate, bearing two small appendages, which, in the newly-hatched larva, are situated at the tip of the tail (as is the * «Jakttagelser rorande Faunan i Jemtlands Vattendrag,” Akademisk Afhandling, &e. (1863), p. 19. M. T. Thorell-on the Morphology of the Argulide. 151 case in the allied forms Phyllopoda and Copepoda), but, in the adult animal, have gradually advanced upwards to the base of the incision which divides the respiratory plate into two lobes. The trunk is named by some authors thorax, by others abdo- men, according as they call the first division of the body head (cephalic shield) or cephalothorax; the last segment is, in a similar manner, regarded either as the abdomen or postabdomen, in descriptive works mostly called cauda. Kroyer* regards it as the genital ring, in consequence of his having, curiously enough, considered it to correspond only to the so-denominated foremost segment of the “ postabdomen” in the Caligide: the append- ages of the Argulide should, according to him, represent not only the appendages, but the whole of the tail behind the genital ring in the Caligide—and hence, naturally, in all the other Copepoda. But the genital ring is nothing but the coalesced first two segments (or only the first segment) of the tail, which in the Copepoda is usually set apart for the functions of genera- tion, and in the Caligide and many other (especially the pceci- lostome and siphonostome) Copepoda attains a greater develop- ment, especially in breadth, than the following caudal segments. The number of these varies much, being four or less: omsetimes, even, the tail remains unsegmented and consists of a single piece, for instance, in some species of the genus Coryceus; and just such, in fact, is the stage of development of the tail in Argulus. Now, if the unsegmented tail of Coryceus corresponds to the tail inclusive of the genital ring in the Caligide, which no one presumes to doubt, so also must the tail in the Argulide corre- spond to the entire tail in the Copepoda and Caligidz in general. Still less correct than Kroyer’s is Gegenbaur’s view of the hindmost segment of the body: Gegenbaur+ regards it as consisting of “a pair of partly coalesced branchiz,” and takes it as corresponding not only physiologically, which would have been perfectly correct, but even morphologically with the branchiz of the Crustacea. Gegenbaur’s assertion that this view is shared by Leydig would seem to be the result of a misunderstanding of that author’s meaning{. In the larval state the tail in Argulus has a form which easily shows the incorrectness of Gegenbaur’s view: it is then exactly like the tail in the older Phyllopod and Copepod larvee, and bears, as already mentioned, the usual ap- pendages at the tip, between which the anal opening is situated. If the various body-segments of the Argulide have been thus * Loc. cit. p.88. + Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie (1859), pp. 245-246. t Vide Leydig, ‘‘ Ueber Argulus foliaceus, ein Beitrag zur Anatomie, His- tologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte dieses Thieres,” Zeitschrift fiir wis- senschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. 11. (1850) pp. 338-339. 152 M.T. Thorell on the Morphology of the Argulide. differently regarded, this is certainly the case in a like or even greater degree with the accessory organs, especially the anterior ones or those which appertain to the head. We shall treat of those which belong essentially to the mouth further on, and would begin by directing our attention especially to the four pairs of members which are situated before and behind these. The views taken of these organs, of which we call the two fore- most pairs the first and second pairs of antenne, and the two hindmost the first and second pairs of footjaws, have, as we have said, been very various, doubtless through erroneous notions of a complete correspondence between the accessory organs of the head in the lower Crustaceans and in the Decapoda, which has rendered the terminology of the former so confused and contradictory*. Of the antenne one pair has usually been considered a pair of footjaws,—the first pair by Heller and Cornalia, the second by M.-Edwards and Kroyer. The view we have taken agrees with that given by Dana and Herrick}; and its correctness 1s shown, not only by the form and position of the corresponding parts in the Phyllopods and Copepods, to which the Argulidz are most nearly allied, but also by the history of their development. The newly hatched larva of Argulus has, as Jurine’s{ and also Dana’s and Herrick’s figures attest, a pair of antenne and two pairs of swimming-feet, like the larve of the Phyllopods and Copepods; and since the organs which are deveioped from the antennz and first pair of jaws in the Phyllopod and Copepod larvze are now generally regarded as the first and second pair of antenne, the same rule should be applied to the Arguhde.